1 #LyX 1.6.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that — a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1621 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Standard
1671 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1673 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1674 is used to propose completions.
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1679 there are completions available.
1680 You can then press the
1684 key to use this completion.
1685 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1686 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1687 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1695 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1697 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1700 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1702 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1705 by deselecting the option
1712 Automatic inline completion
1714 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1715 To accept this proposal, use the
1724 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1725 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1733 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1740 \begin_layout Section
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1820 LyX's default is CUA.
1823 \begin_layout Standard
1827 \begin_inset space ~
1835 \begin_inset space ~
1856 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1860 \begin_layout Labeling
1861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1865 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1866 LatexCommand nomenclature
1868 description "Tabulator key"
1874 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1875 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1882 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1889 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1893 , especially section
1894 \begin_inset space ~
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1900 reference "sub:Lists"
1906 If you're still confused, look in the
1913 \begin_layout Labeling
1914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1918 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1919 LatexCommand nomenclature
1921 description "Escape key"
1928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1935 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1936 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1939 \begin_layout Labeling
1940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1946 \begin_inset space ~
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1957 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1958 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1962 \begin_layout Standard
1963 There are three modifier keys:
1966 \begin_layout Labeling
1967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1985 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1986 LatexCommand nomenclature
1988 description "Control key"
1992 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1993 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1997 \begin_layout Itemize
2006 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2009 \begin_layout Itemize
2018 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2021 \begin_layout Itemize
2030 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2034 \begin_layout Labeling
2035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2053 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2054 LatexCommand nomenclature
2056 description "Shift key"
2060 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2061 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2064 \begin_layout Labeling
2065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2084 LatexCommand nomenclature
2086 description "Alt or Meta key"
2090 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2091 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2092 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2098 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2100 menu accelerator keys
2103 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2104 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2108 \begin_layout Standard
2109 For example, the sequence
2110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2116 \begin_inset space ~
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2178 manual lists all other things bound to the
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2188 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2189 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2190 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2191 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2192 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2193 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2194 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 followed by a capital
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2218 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2220 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2225 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2228 as explained in sec.
2229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2235 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2242 \begin_layout Chapter
2247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2256 \begin_layout Section
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2270 \begin_layout Subsection
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2276 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2277 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2278 numbering schemes, and so on.
2279 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2280 and format the title of your document differently.
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2288 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2289 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2290 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2291 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2292 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2297 how to adjust their properties.
2300 \begin_layout Subsection
2305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2314 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2322 You can select a class using the
2324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2338 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2351 \begin_layout Description
2352 Article for basic articles
2355 \begin_layout Description
2356 Report for basic reports
2359 \begin_layout Description
2360 Book for writing a book
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Letter for US-style letters
2367 \begin_layout Standard
2368 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2370 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2371 can be found in chapter
2373 Special Document Classes
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2386 \begin_layout Description
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2408 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2409 There are three article layouts available.
2410 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2411 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2412 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2413 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2418 sequential numbering
2419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2422 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2423 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2424 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2425 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2428 \begin_layout Description
2429 Beamer Layout for presentations
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2434 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2438 \begin_layout Description
2440 \begin_inset space ~
2443 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2446 \begin_layout Description
2447 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2450 \begin_layout Description
2453 Die TeXnische Komödie
2455 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2462 \begin_layout Description
2463 Foils Used to make transparencies
2466 \begin_layout Description
2467 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2470 \begin_layout Description
2471 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2472 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2478 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2491 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2498 \begin_layout Description
2503 LaTeX document class
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2510 \begin_layout Description
2515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2522 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2523 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2525 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 Slides Used to make transparencies
2532 \begin_layout Description
2534 \begin_inset space ~
2537 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2538 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2545 \begin_layout Description
2550 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2556 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2561 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2562 of the document classes.
2565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2586 \begin_layout Standard
2587 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2588 in the chosen document class.
2589 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2591 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2592 the corresponding module in the
2598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2612 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2626 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 Each class has a default set of options.
2657 Here's a quick table describing them:
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2669 \begin_inset Tabular
2670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 \begin_layout Standard
3131 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 You're probably also wondering what
3139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3143 \begin_inset space ~
3147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3151 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3152 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3157 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3162 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3172 headings, there are also
3180 headings, and so on.
3181 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3182 \begin_inset space ~
3186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3188 reference "sub:Headings"
3195 \begin_layout Subsection
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3199 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3228 \begin_layout Standard
3229 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3242 \begin_inset space ~
3247 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3249 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3250 to use for your document.
3251 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3268 \begin_inset space ~
3273 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3274 You can choose between the following five options:
3277 \begin_layout Labeling
3278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3283 Use default page style of current class.
3286 \begin_layout Labeling
3287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3292 No page numbers or headings.
3295 \begin_layout Labeling
3296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_layout Labeling
3305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3310 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3311 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3312 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3337 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3338 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3340 Check the documentation for the
3344 package for more details,
3345 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3354 \begin_layout Standard
3359 of paragraphs is described in section
3360 \begin_inset space ~
3364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3366 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3373 \begin_layout Subsection
3374 Paper Size and Orientation
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3379 Document ! Paper size
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3387 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3394 \begin_layout Standard
3395 You'll find the following options in the menu
3398 \begin_inset space ~
3403 of the dialog of the
3405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3423 \begin_layout Labeling
3424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3428 \begin_inset space ~
3433 What size paper to print on.
3437 \begin_layout Itemize
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Itemize
3465 \begin_layout Itemize
3471 \begin_layout Itemize
3477 \begin_layout Itemize
3483 \begin_layout Labeling
3484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3489 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3500 \begin_layout Labeling
3501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3505 \begin_inset space ~
3510 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3511 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3514 \begin_layout Subsection
3516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3546 Paper margins are set in the menu
3548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3565 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3566 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3567 the paper format and the font size into account.
3570 \begin_layout Subsection
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3580 That includes the paragraph environments.
3581 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3582 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3583 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3584 paragraph environments to
3588 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3589 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3590 the conversion and why it failed.
3593 \begin_layout Section
3594 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3599 Paragraph ! Indentation
3607 \begin_layout Subsection
3609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3611 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3618 \begin_layout Standard
3619 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3620 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3625 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3626 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3627 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3631 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3637 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3638 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3639 language than English.
3640 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3645 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3647 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3648 LyX takes care of that.
3649 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3651 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3652 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3653 of a page, and so on.
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3663 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3664 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3668 of these pre-coded spacings.
3669 We'll explain more later.
3672 \begin_layout Subsection
3673 Paragraph Separation
3677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3678 Paragraph ! Separation
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 To separate paragraphs, select
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3705 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3719 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3720 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3734 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3735 \begin_inset space ~
3739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3741 reference "cap:Units"
3746 The default length is 30
3747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3753 \begin_layout Subsection
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3758 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3763 \begin_inset space ~
3768 dialog and toggle the
3771 \begin_inset space ~
3776 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3777 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3778 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3782 \begin_layout Standard
3783 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3784 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3787 \begin_layout Subsection
3792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3793 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3801 \begin_layout Standard
3804 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3820 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3823 \begin_inset space ~
3832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3833 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3842 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3847 installed to use this feature.
3855 \begin_layout Section
3856 Paragraph Environments
3857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3859 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3868 Paragraph ! Environments
3877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3878 Paragraph environments|(
3886 \begin_layout Subsection
3890 \begin_layout Standard
3891 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3894 \begin_layout Standard
3913 \begin_inset Newline newline
3916 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3917 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3918 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3927 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3930 \begin_layout Standard
3931 A paragraph environment is simply a
3932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3939 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3940 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3941 scheme, labels, and so on.
3942 Additionally, you can
3943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3950 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3951 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3952 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3953 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3954 days of typewriters.
3955 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3957 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3961 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3962 \begin_inset Graphics
3963 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3969 at the left end of the toolbar.
3970 LyX will change the environment of the
3974 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3975 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3976 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3980 \begin_layout Standard
3989 create a new paragraph using the
3993 paragraph environment.
3995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4002 because if you are in one of these environments:
4005 \begin_layout Itemize
4011 \begin_layout Itemize
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Standard
4048 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4052 , rather than resetting it to
4057 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4058 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4059 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4060 \begin_inset space ~
4064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4066 reference "sec:Nesting"
4071 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4076 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4077 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4081 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4087 \begin_layout Subsection
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 The default paragraph environment is
4097 It creates a plain paragraph.
4098 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4099 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4100 this manual) are in the
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 You can nest a paragraph using the
4112 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4120 \begin_layout Subsection
4125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4134 \begin_layout Standard
4135 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4144 for thanks or contact information.
4145 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4146 page along with today's date.
4147 For other types of documents, the title
4148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4155 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4159 \begin_layout Standard
4160 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4174 Here's how you use them:
4177 \begin_layout Itemize
4178 Put the title of your document in the
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 Put the author name in the
4193 \begin_layout Itemize
4194 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4195 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4201 Note that using this environment is optional.
4202 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4203 If you don't want any date, add the line
4204 \begin_inset Newline newline
4214 \begin_inset Newline newline
4217 to the preamble of your document (menu
4219 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4225 \begin_layout Standard
4226 You can use footnotes to insert
4227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4234 or contact informations.
4237 \begin_layout Subsection
4242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4258 \begin_layout Standard
4259 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4260 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4269 Section headings ! Numbered
4277 \begin_layout Standard
4278 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 \begin_layout Enumerate
4294 \begin_layout Enumerate
4300 \begin_layout Enumerate
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4324 \begin_layout Standard
4325 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4326 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4327 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4331 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4332 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4333 You group the book into chapters.
4334 LyX does similar grouping:
4337 \begin_layout Itemize
4342 is divided in either
4353 \begin_layout Itemize
4365 \begin_layout Itemize
4377 \begin_layout Itemize
4389 \begin_layout Itemize
4401 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 \begin_layout Standard
4414 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4422 Not all document types use the
4426 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4431 is the top-level heading.
4439 \begin_layout Standard
4444 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4445 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4447 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4465 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4478 \begin_layout Enumerate
4484 \begin_layout Enumerate
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4517 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4518 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4519 table of contents, see section
4520 \begin_inset space ~
4524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4534 Changing the Numbering
4535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4537 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4544 \begin_layout Standard
4545 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4546 in the Table of Contents.
4547 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4549 Certain classes start with
4563 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4573 This is something you can change.
4576 \begin_layout Standard
4579 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4599 \begin_inset space ~
4603 \begin_inset space ~
4608 you'll see two counters.
4613 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4615 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4620 Short Titles of Headings
4624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4625 Section headings ! Short titles
4634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4643 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4650 \begin_layout Standard
4651 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4652 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4653 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4654 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4659 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4660 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4661 To specify a short title, use the menu
4663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4665 \begin_inset space ~
4671 This will insert a box labeled
4672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4687 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4688 This also works for captions inside floats.
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4692 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4699 \begin_layout Standard
4700 The following information applies to all section headings:
4703 \begin_layout Itemize
4704 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4707 \begin_layout Itemize
4708 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4711 \begin_layout Itemize
4712 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4715 \begin_layout Itemize
4716 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4719 \begin_layout Subsection
4720 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4723 \begin_layout Standard
4724 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4738 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4739 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4740 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4741 the text they contain.
4742 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4750 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4753 \begin_layout Standard
4754 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4763 when you start a new paragraph.
4764 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4768 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4769 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4770 to change back to the
4774 environment yourself.
4777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4807 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4808 time for the differences.
4817 are identical except for one difference:
4821 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4830 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4833 \begin_layout Standard
4834 Here's an example of the
4847 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4849 See – no indentation!
4853 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4854 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4855 the other paragraph.
4858 \begin_layout Standard
4859 Here's another example, this time in the
4866 \begin_layout Quotation
4872 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4873 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4874 the first line, then
4878 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4882 you were quoting other text.
4885 \begin_layout Quotation
4886 Here's a new paragraph.
4887 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4888 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 As the examples show,
4896 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4897 They should put quotes in the
4902 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4906 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4946 \begin_layout Standard
4951 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4957 \begin_inset Newline newline
4960 Which I did not rehearse!
4964 It could be much worse.
4965 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4967 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4968 indented a bit more than the first.
4969 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4975 \begin_inset Newline newline
4978 And make things look fine
4979 \begin_inset Newline newline
4985 arg "newline-insert newline"
4991 \begin_layout Standard
4996 does not indent both margins.
4997 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4998 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5005 arg "newline-insert newline"
5011 \begin_layout Subsection
5016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5032 \begin_layout Standard
5033 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5043 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5052 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5053 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5054 some general features of all four of them.
5057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5062 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5064 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5073 reset the environment to
5077 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5078 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5079 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5083 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5086 to break paragraphs.
5089 \begin_layout Standard
5090 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5091 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5093 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5094 you read all of section
5095 \begin_inset space ~
5099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5101 reference "sec:Nesting"
5109 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5134 \begin_layout Standard
5135 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5139 paragraph environment.
5140 It has the following properties:
5143 \begin_layout Itemize
5144 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5148 \begin_layout Itemize
5149 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5152 \begin_layout Itemize
5153 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5157 \begin_layout Itemize
5158 The items can have any length.
5159 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5160 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5172 environment inside another
5176 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5180 \begin_layout Itemize
5181 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5184 \begin_layout Itemize
5185 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5188 \begin_layout Itemize
5190 \begin_inset space ~
5194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5196 reference "sec:Nesting"
5200 for a full explanation of nesting.
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5205 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5214 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5217 \begin_layout Standard
5218 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5219 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5220 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5223 \begin_layout Itemize
5224 The label for the first level
5228 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5232 \begin_layout Itemize
5233 The label for the second level is a dash.
5237 \begin_layout Itemize
5238 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 Back out to the third level.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 Back to the second level.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back to the outermost level.
5261 \begin_layout Standard
5262 These are the default labels for an
5267 You can customize these labels in the
5269 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5272 dialog in the submenu
5282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5291 \begin_layout Standard
5292 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5293 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5295 \begin_inset space ~
5299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5301 reference "sec:Nesting"
5308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5326 name "sec:Enumerate"
5333 \begin_layout Standard
5338 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5339 It has these properties:
5342 \begin_layout Enumerate
5343 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5347 \begin_layout Enumerate
5348 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5356 \begin_layout Enumerate
5361 environment resets the counter to one.
5364 \begin_layout Enumerate
5377 \begin_layout Enumerate
5378 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5379 Items can have any length.
5382 \begin_layout Enumerate
5383 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5386 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5390 \begin_layout Enumerate
5391 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5395 \begin_layout Standard
5404 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5405 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5412 \begin_layout Enumerate
5413 The first level of an
5417 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5421 \begin_layout Enumerate
5422 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5426 \begin_layout Enumerate
5427 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5435 \begin_layout Enumerate
5436 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 Back to the third level
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Back to the second level.
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the outermost level.
5455 \begin_layout Standard
5456 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5461 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5466 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5471 There is more to nesting
5475 environments than we've stated here.
5476 You should read section
5477 \begin_inset space ~
5481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5483 reference "sec:Nesting"
5487 to learn more about nesting.
5490 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5508 \begin_layout Standard
5509 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5513 list has no fixed label.
5514 Instead, LyX uses the first
5515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5522 of the first line as the label.
5526 \begin_layout Description
5527 Example: This is an example of the
5534 \begin_layout Standard
5535 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5548 it is meant that the first hit of the
5552 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5554 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5562 arg "space-insert protected"
5567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5568 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5570 \begin_inset space ~
5576 \begin_inset space ~
5580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5582 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5586 for more info.) Here is an example:
5589 \begin_layout Description
5591 \begin_inset space ~
5594 Example: This one shows how to use a
5597 \begin_inset space ~
5609 \begin_layout Description
5610 Usage: You should use the
5614 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5615 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5617 It's not a good idea to use a
5621 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5622 You're better off using
5634 paragraphs into them.
5637 \begin_layout Description
5638 Nesting: You can nest
5642 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5648 them from the first line.
5651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5674 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5677 \begin_layout Standard
5678 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5686 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5691 environment is named
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5712 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5713 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5716 \begin_layout Labeling
5717 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5719 \begin_inset space ~
5722 labels LyX uses the first
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5730 of each line as the item label.
5735 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5736 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5737 blank as described above.
5740 \begin_layout Labeling
5741 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5742 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5743 the body of the item text.
5744 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5745 label width plus a little extra space.
5749 \begin_layout Labeling
5750 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5752 \begin_inset space ~
5755 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5757 If the label width is larger, the label
5758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5765 into the first line.
5766 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5767 margin of the rest of the item text.
5770 \begin_layout Labeling
5771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5773 \begin_inset space ~
5776 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5781 environment have the same left margin.
5782 \begin_inset Newline newline
5785 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5788 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5790 \begin_inset space ~
5799 \begin_inset space ~
5804 determines the default label width.
5805 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5814 multiple times instead.
5815 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5827 \begin_inset space ~
5832 every time you alter a label in a
5837 \begin_inset Newline newline
5840 The predefined default width is the length of
5841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5850 \begin_inset Newline newline
5854 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5862 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5863 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5876 environment the same way like the
5880 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5886 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5895 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5897 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5899 \begin_inset space ~
5903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5905 reference "sec:Nesting"
5909 to learn about nesting.
5912 \begin_layout Standard
5913 There is yet another feature of the
5917 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5919 You can use additional
5923 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5928 are documented in section
5929 \begin_inset space ~
5933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5935 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5940 Here are some examples:
5941 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5947 \begin_layout Labeling
5948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5949 Left The default for
5956 \begin_layout Labeling
5957 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5958 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5965 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5968 \begin_layout Labeling
5969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5981 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5984 \begin_layout Subsection
5989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6006 \begin_inset space ~
6014 \begin_layout Standard
6015 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6029 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6030 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6031 In contrast, you can use the
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6043 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6044 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6048 \begin_layout Standard
6049 Of course, you're not limited to using
6056 \begin_inset space ~
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6070 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6071 some European academic papers.
6074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6078 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6085 \begin_layout Standard
6090 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6091 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6095 \begin_inset space ~
6100 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6101 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6102 Here's an example of each:
6105 \begin_layout Right Address
6107 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 \begin_inset Newline newline
6115 \begin_inset Newline newline
6118 When is it? What is today?
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6125 \begin_inset space ~
6131 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6132 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6133 Here's an example of the
6140 \begin_layout Address
6142 \begin_inset Newline newline
6145 Where do I send this
6146 \begin_inset Newline newline
6149 Your post office and country
6152 \begin_layout Standard
6153 As you can see, both
6160 \begin_inset space ~
6165 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6170 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6176 This makes sense, since
6184 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6185 Thus, you have to use
6192 arg "newline-insert newline"
6198 \begin_inset space ~
6201 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6203 \begin_inset space ~
6212 menu) to start a new line in an
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6227 \begin_layout Subsection
6231 \begin_layout Standard
6232 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6233 or list of references.
6234 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6253 \begin_layout Standard
6258 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6259 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6260 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6261 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6265 in anything else or vice versa.
6271 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6272 The book document classes ignores the
6276 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6280 in a letter document class.
6283 \begin_layout Standard
6288 environment does several things for you.
6289 First, it puts the centered label
6290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6298 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6300 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6301 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6302 the subsequent text.
6303 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6304 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6308 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6312 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6313 The new paragraph will still be in the
6318 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6319 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6323 \begin_inset Float figure
6328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6330 \begin_inset Graphics
6331 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6340 \begin_inset Caption
6342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6345 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6366 \begin_layout Standard
6367 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6371 environment, but since this document is in the
6372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6379 class, we can't do this.
6380 We inserted it therefore as figure
6381 \begin_inset space ~
6385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6387 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6392 If you've never heard of an
6393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6400 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6421 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6428 \begin_layout Standard
6433 environment is used to list references.
6434 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6435 only use it at the end of the document.
6440 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6443 \begin_layout Standard
6444 When you first open a
6448 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6464 depending on the document class.
6465 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6466 Each paragraph of the
6470 environment is a bibliography entry.
6475 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6476 Each new paragraph is still in the
6483 \begin_layout Standard
6484 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6485 by using a BibTeX database.
6486 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6487 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6488 \begin_inset space ~
6492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6494 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6501 \begin_layout Subsection
6508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6509 Paragraph ! LyX code
6515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6524 \begin_layout Standard
6529 environment is another LyX extension.
6530 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6535 key as a fixed whitespace;
6539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6551 \begin_inset space ~
6556 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6561 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6562 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6565 arg "newline-insert newline"
6582 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6583 So, when you finish using the
6587 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6588 Also, you can nest the
6592 environment inside of others.
6595 \begin_layout Standard
6596 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6599 \begin_layout Itemize
6603 arg "newline-insert newline"
6606 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6611 \begin_inset space \space{}
6621 arg "newline-insert newline"
6627 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 arg "newline-insert newline"
6642 \begin_layout Itemize
6647 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6658 arg "space-insert protected"
6665 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6667 You must put at least one
6671 in any line you want blank.
6672 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6675 \begin_layout Itemize
6676 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6680 since that will insert
6685 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6688 arg "self-insert \""
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6698 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6710 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6714 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6715 printf("Hello World!
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6728 \begin_layout Standard
6729 This is just the standard
6730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6741 \begin_layout Standard
6746 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6747 rc-files, and so on.
6748 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6749 as if you used a typewriter.
6753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6754 Paragraph environments|)
6762 \begin_layout Section
6763 Nesting Environments
6767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6768 Nesting ! Environments
6774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6783 \begin_layout Subsection
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6790 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6792 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6794 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6806 \begin_layout Enumerate
6810 \begin_layout Enumerate
6815 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Enumerate
6824 \begin_layout Enumerate
6828 \begin_layout Standard
6829 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6830 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6833 \begin_inset space ~
6837 \begin_inset space ~
6845 \begin_inset space ~
6849 \begin_inset space ~
6858 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6859 will tell you how far you are nested).
6860 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6861 \begin_inset Graphics
6862 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6867 \begin_inset Graphics
6868 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6872 or the convenient key bindings
6883 arg "depth-increment"
6889 arg "depth-decrement"
6892 to change the nesting level.
6893 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6894 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6898 \begin_layout Standard
6899 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6900 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6901 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6902 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6905 \begin_layout Standard
6906 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6907 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6909 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6912 \begin_layout Subsection
6913 What You Can and Can't Nest
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6917 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6918 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6922 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6923 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6924 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6927 \begin_layout Itemize
6928 Completely unnestable
6931 \begin_layout Itemize
6932 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6933 other things inside of them.
6936 \begin_layout Itemize
6937 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6943 environments have them:
6946 \begin_layout Description
6947 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6948 Can't nest into them.
6952 \begin_layout Itemize
6958 \begin_layout Itemize
6964 \begin_layout Itemize
6970 \begin_layout Itemize
6976 \begin_layout Itemize
6983 \begin_layout Description
6985 \begin_inset space ~
6988 Nestable You can nest them.
6989 You can nest other things into them.
6993 \begin_layout Itemize
6999 \begin_layout Itemize
7005 \begin_layout Itemize
7011 \begin_layout Itemize
7017 \begin_layout Itemize
7023 \begin_layout Itemize
7029 \begin_layout Itemize
7035 \begin_layout Itemize
7042 \begin_layout Description
7043 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7044 You can't nest anything into them.
7048 \begin_layout Itemize
7054 \begin_layout Itemize
7060 \begin_layout Itemize
7066 \begin_layout Itemize
7072 \begin_layout Itemize
7078 \begin_layout Itemize
7084 \begin_layout Itemize
7090 \begin_layout Itemize
7096 \begin_layout Itemize
7102 \begin_layout Itemize
7108 \begin_layout Itemize
7114 \begin_layout Itemize
7120 \begin_layout Itemize
7126 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_inset space ~
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7143 \begin_layout Standard
7144 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7152 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7161 \begin_inset space ~
7165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7169 \begin_inset space \space{}
7172 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7173 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7174 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7182 \begin_layout Subsection
7183 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7188 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7197 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7198 affected by nesting anyhow.
7202 \begin_layout Itemize
7206 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Standard
7216 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7224 Figures and tables in
7228 are not affected by this.
7233 Have a look at section
7234 \begin_inset space ~
7238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7240 reference "sec:Floats"
7244 for more informations about
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7252 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7253 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7257 \begin_layout Standard
7258 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7266 of its own, it behaves just like a
7267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7274 paragraph environment.
7275 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7279 \begin_layout Standard
7280 Here's an example with a table:
7283 \begin_layout Enumerate
7288 \begin_layout Enumerate
7289 This is (a) and it's nested.
7293 \begin_layout Standard
7294 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7300 \begin_layout Standard
7302 \begin_inset Tabular
7303 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7398 \begin_layout Enumerate
7400 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7404 \begin_layout Enumerate
7408 \begin_layout Standard
7409 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7412 \begin_layout Enumerate
7417 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 This is (a) and it's nested.
7422 \begin_layout Standard
7423 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7429 \begin_layout Standard
7431 \begin_inset Tabular
7432 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7434 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7435 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7519 \begin_layout Standard
7520 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7526 \begin_layout Enumerate
7533 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7541 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7546 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7548 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7551 \begin_layout Enumerate
7556 \begin_layout Enumerate
7557 This is (a) and it's nested.
7560 \begin_layout Standard
7561 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7567 \begin_layout Standard
7569 \begin_inset Tabular
7570 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7657 \begin_layout Standard
7658 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7666 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7674 \begin_layout Enumerate
7678 \begin_layout Standard
7679 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7685 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7686 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7690 \begin_layout Subsection
7691 Usage and General Features
7694 \begin_layout Standard
7695 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7704 is the innermost possible depth.
7705 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7708 \begin_layout Enumerate
7709 level #1 - outermost
7713 \begin_layout Enumerate
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7728 \begin_layout Itemize
7733 \begin_layout Itemize
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7743 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7744 both of them in the example.
7745 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7755 For example, if we tried to nest another
7760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7770 \begin_layout Subsection
7775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7786 We have several examples of nested environments.
7787 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7792 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7795 \begin_layout Labeling
7796 \labelwidthstring MMM
7797 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7806 \begin_layout Labeling
7807 \labelwidthstring MMM
7808 #2-a This is level #2.
7809 We created it by using
7812 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7818 arg "depth-increment"
7825 \begin_layout Labeling
7826 \labelwidthstring MMM
7827 #3-a This is level #3.
7828 This time, we just hit
7835 arg "depth-increment"
7839 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7843 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7849 arg "depth-increment"
7856 \begin_layout Standard
7861 environment, nested inside of
7862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7870 So, it's at level #4.
7871 We did this by hitting
7874 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7880 arg "depth-increment"
7883 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7888 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7904 \begin_layout Standard
7909 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7912 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7918 \begin_layout Labeling
7919 \labelwidthstring MMM
7920 #4-a This is level #4.
7924 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7927 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7932 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7936 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7941 keep nesting things inside of
7942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7953 \begin_layout Labeling
7954 \labelwidthstring MMM
7955 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7960 \begin_layout Labeling
7961 \labelwidthstring MMM
7962 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7963 and this is level #6.
7964 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7968 \begin_layout Labeling
7969 \labelwidthstring MMM
7970 #5-b Back to level #5.
7974 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7980 arg "depth-decrement"
7987 \begin_layout Labeling
7988 \labelwidthstring MMM
7992 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7998 arg "depth-decrement"
8001 , we're back at level #4.
8005 \begin_layout Labeling
8006 \labelwidthstring MMM
8007 #3-b Back to level #3.
8008 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8012 \begin_layout Labeling
8013 \labelwidthstring MMM
8014 #2-b Back to level #2.
8019 \begin_layout Labeling
8020 \labelwidthstring MMM
8021 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8022 After this sentence, we'll hit
8026 and change the paragraph environment back to
8033 \begin_layout Standard
8034 We could have also used the
8050 environment in place of the
8055 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8059 Example 2: Inheritance
8062 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8063 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8066 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8075 arg "depth-increment"
8078 , after which, we'll change to the
8086 \begin_layout Enumerate
8091 environment, at level #2.
8094 \begin_layout Enumerate
8095 Notice how the nested
8099 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8103 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8107 \begin_layout Standard
8108 We ended this example by hitting
8113 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8117 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8120 arg "depth-decrement"
8126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8127 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8140 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8148 \begin_layout Enumerate
8149 This is level #1, in an
8153 paragraph environment.
8154 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8158 \begin_layout Enumerate
8163 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8169 arg "depth-increment"
8173 Now, what happens if we nest an
8177 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8178 label be? An asterisk?
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8192 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8193 So, its label is a bullet.
8194 (We got here by using
8197 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8203 arg "depth-increment"
8206 , then changing the environment to
8214 \begin_layout Itemize
8215 Here's level #4, produced using
8218 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8224 arg "depth-increment"
8228 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8233 \begin_layout Enumerate
8234 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8236 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8241 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8245 , because we are in the
8254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8273 \begin_layout Enumerate
8278 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8279 type of numbering does LyX use?
8282 \begin_layout Enumerate
8283 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8286 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8289 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8296 arg "depth-decrement"
8299 to decrease the depth after the next
8302 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8309 \begin_layout Enumerate
8311 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8315 \begin_layout Enumerate
8317 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8318 numeral as the label.Why?
8321 \begin_layout Enumerate
8322 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8331 Notice, however, that LyX
8335 reset the counter for the label.
8339 \begin_layout Enumerate
8343 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8349 arg "depth-decrement"
8352 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8353 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8354 into the twofold-nested
8362 \begin_layout Enumerate
8363 The same thing happens if we do another
8366 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8372 arg "depth-decrement"
8375 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8378 \begin_layout Standard
8379 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8384 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8398 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8404 The same rule applies for the
8408 environment, as well.
8411 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8412 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8415 \begin_layout Enumerate
8416 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8417 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8418 same detail with how we did it.
8427 \begin_layout Standard
8435 arg "depth-increment"
8442 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8443 example in parentheses someplace.
8444 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8445 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8446 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8450 \begin_layout Enumerate
8455 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8460 Now we'll add verse.
8461 \begin_inset Newline newline
8464 It will get much worse.
8465 \begin_inset Newline newline
8475 arg "depth-increment"
8486 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8487 \begin_inset Newline newline
8490 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8491 \begin_inset Newline newline
8497 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8510 \begin_layout Standard
8511 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8517 \begin_layout Standard
8519 \begin_inset Tabular
8520 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8612 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8622 arg "depth-increment"
8628 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8638 arg "depth-decrement"
8645 \begin_layout Enumerate
8650 : level #1) This is another item.
8651 Note that selecting a
8655 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8656 3 times to put the table inside the
8664 \begin_layout Quotation
8665 We're now ending the
8669 list and changing to
8674 We're still at level #1.
8675 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8676 The next set of paragraphs is a
8677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8691 \begin_inset space ~
8696 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8700 for the letter body.
8704 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8707 to preserve the depth.
8708 Remember that you need to use
8711 arg "newline-insert newline"
8714 to create multiple lines inside the
8721 \begin_inset space ~
8731 \begin_layout Right Address
8733 \begin_inset Newline newline
8736 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8737 \begin_inset Newline newline
8743 \begin_layout Address
8745 \begin_inset space ~
8751 \begin_layout Quotation
8752 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8756 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8757 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8758 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8759 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8760 as soon as possible.
8761 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8764 \begin_layout Quotation
8765 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8766 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8767 with your order, along with payment.
8770 \begin_layout Quotation
8771 We thank you again for your patience.
8774 \begin_layout Address
8776 \begin_inset Newline newline
8783 \begin_layout Quotation
8784 That ends that example!
8787 \begin_layout Standard
8788 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8789 just a few keystrokes.
8790 We could have easily nested an
8811 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8814 \begin_layout Section
8815 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8828 \begin_layout Standard
8829 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8830 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8831 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8832 be broken at the end of a line.
8833 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8837 \begin_layout Subsection
8839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8841 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8859 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8861 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8865 Further documentation is given in section
8866 \begin_inset Newline newline
8870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8872 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8880 \begin_layout Standard
8881 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8896 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8905 A protected space is set with
8907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8912 \begin_inset space ~
8922 arg "space-insert protected"
8928 \begin_layout Subsection
8930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8932 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8941 Spacing ! Horizontal
8949 \begin_layout Standard
8950 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8953 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8957 The length units are listed in Appendix
8958 \begin_inset space ~
8962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8964 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8975 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8992 \begin_layout Standard
8994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8998 \begin_inset space \space{}
9001 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9002 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9003 \begin_inset space ~
9007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9009 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9014 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9015 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9018 arg "space-insert normal"
9024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9028 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9045 \begin_layout Standard
9047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9054 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9063 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9064 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9065 inside abbreviations:
9070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9074 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9077 \begin_layout Standard
9078 or between values and units.
9079 Compare for example this:
9080 \begin_inset Newline newline
9084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9088 \begin_inset Newline newline
9094 \begin_layout Standard
9095 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9098 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9100 \begin_inset space ~
9108 arg "space-insert thin"
9114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9118 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9125 \begin_layout Standard
9126 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9129 \begin_layout Description
9131 \begin_inset space ~
9135 \begin_inset space ~
9139 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9143 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9147 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9150 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9153 \begin_layout Description
9155 \begin_inset space ~
9159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9163 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9167 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9171 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9178 em) space between the arrows.
9181 \begin_layout Description
9183 \begin_inset space ~
9187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9191 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9195 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9199 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9203 \begin_inset space ~
9207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9210 em) space between the arrows.
9213 \begin_layout Description
9215 \begin_inset space ~
9219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9223 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9227 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9231 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9235 \begin_inset space ~
9239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9242 em) space between the arrows.
9245 \begin_layout Description
9247 \begin_inset space ~
9251 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9255 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9260 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9267 cm space between the arrows.
9270 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset space ~
9276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9278 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9282 lists the different space sizes.
9285 \begin_layout Standard
9286 \begin_inset Float table
9291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9293 \begin_inset Caption
9295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9298 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9302 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_inset Tabular
9313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9551 \begin_layout Standard
9552 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9553 in a uniform fashion.
9554 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9555 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9556 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9557 equally between themselves.
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9567 This is on the left side
9568 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9571 This is on the right
9577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9581 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9594 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_layout Standard
9605 That was an example in the
9611 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9619 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9622 is one in a standard paragraph.
9623 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9627 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9630 \begin_layout Standard
9631 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9634 \begin_inset space ~
9639 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9642 \begin_layout Standard
9644 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9648 \begin_inset space ~
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9656 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9660 \begin_inset space ~
9666 \begin_layout Standard
9668 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9672 \begin_inset space ~
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9680 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9684 \begin_inset space ~
9690 \begin_layout Standard
9692 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9696 \begin_inset space ~
9702 \begin_layout Standard
9704 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9708 \begin_inset space ~
9714 \begin_layout Standard
9715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9723 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9727 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9728 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9729 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9733 option in the space dialog.
9741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9755 \begin_layout Standard
9756 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9762 \begin_inset space \space{}
9765 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9768 \begin_layout Standard
9769 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9772 What is correct English?:
9773 \begin_inset Newline newline
9777 \begin_inset Newline newline
9781 \begin_inset space ~
9784 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9785 \begin_inset Newline newline
9792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9803 \begin_inset Newline newline
9810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9821 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9827 \begin_layout Standard
9828 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9833 \begin_inset space ~
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9845 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9863 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9867 for more information about TeX-Code.
9873 In our case write the command
9880 (note the space after
9881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9888 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9889 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9890 That is why it is named
9891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9903 There exists also the commands
9915 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9916 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9917 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9919 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9931 \begin_layout Subsection
9933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9935 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9952 \begin_layout Standard
9953 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9956 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9958 \begin_inset space ~
9964 There you find the following sizes:
9967 \begin_layout Standard
9980 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9985 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10000 for the paragraph separation.
10001 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10012 \begin_layout Standard
10021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10027 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10028 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10030 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10031 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10040 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10049 s are described in section
10050 \begin_inset space ~
10054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10056 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10065 If there are several
10069 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10070 You can therefore use
10074 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10077 \begin_layout Standard
10082 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10083 \begin_inset space ~
10087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10089 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10097 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10107 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10108 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10120 \begin_layout Subsection
10121 Paragraph Alignment
10124 \begin_layout Standard
10125 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10127 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10131 There are four possibilities:
10134 \begin_layout Itemize
10140 \begin_layout Itemize
10146 \begin_layout Itemize
10152 \begin_layout Itemize
10158 \begin_layout Standard
10159 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10160 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10161 the left and right margins.
10162 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10167 This paragraph is right aligned,
10170 \begin_layout Standard
10172 this one is centered,
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10177 this one is left aligned.
10180 \begin_layout Subsection
10185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10186 Page breaks ! Forced
10192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10194 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10203 can force a page break where you want one.
10204 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10205 Only if you use many
10209 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10212 \begin_layout Standard
10213 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10214 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10218 have to change the page breaking.
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10224 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10227 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10229 \begin_inset space ~
10235 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10238 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10240 \begin_inset space ~
10245 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10247 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10248 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10251 \begin_layout Standard
10252 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10253 at the top of a page.
10254 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10255 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10256 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10257 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10261 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10265 to learn more about
10272 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10276 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10285 Page breaks ! Clear
10293 \begin_layout Standard
10294 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10295 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10296 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10297 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10298 if necessary by adding pages.
10301 \begin_layout Standard
10302 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10305 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10313 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10316 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10318 \begin_inset space ~
10322 \begin_inset space ~
10327 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10328 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10331 \begin_layout Subsection
10336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10345 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10352 \begin_layout Standard
10353 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10355 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10358 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10360 \begin_inset space ~
10364 \begin_inset space ~
10372 arg "newline-insert newline"
10376 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10379 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10381 \begin_inset space ~
10385 \begin_inset space ~
10390 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10392 This is necessary to avoid
10393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10400 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10405 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10406 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10407 set a line break, e.
10408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10412 \begin_inset space \space{}
10415 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10416 \begin_inset space ~
10420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10422 reference "sec:Quote"
10427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10429 reference "sec:Verse"
10434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10436 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10443 \begin_layout Subsection
10445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10447 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10470 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10472 \begin_inset space ~
10477 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10483 \begin_layout Section
10484 Characters and Symbols
10487 \begin_layout Standard
10488 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10489 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10494 \begin_inset space \space{}
10497 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10505 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10509 for informations how this is done.
10512 \begin_layout Standard
10513 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10518 dialog via the menu
10520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10521 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10527 \begin_layout Standard
10528 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10536 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10537 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10538 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10546 \begin_layout Section
10547 Fonts and Text Styles
10548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10550 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10557 \begin_layout Subsection
10562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10572 There are two types of fonts:
10575 \begin_layout Description
10577 \begin_inset space ~
10584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10590 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10595 characters) in the font.
10596 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10597 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10598 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10599 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10600 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10601 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10602 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10603 provide a good image.
10604 \begin_inset Newline newline
10607 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10608 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10609 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10610 sizes than at small ones.
10611 \begin_inset Newline newline
10625 \begin_inset space ~
10633 \begin_layout Description
10635 \begin_inset space ~
10642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10648 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10649 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10650 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10651 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10652 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10653 picture manipulation program.
10654 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10655 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10656 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10657 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10658 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10660 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10661 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10662 \begin_inset Newline newline
10665 Bitmap fonts are named
10668 \begin_inset space ~
10673 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10676 \begin_layout Standard
10677 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10678 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10679 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10680 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10681 use scalable fonts.
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10685 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10686 its document properties.
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10691 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10692 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10693 font to emphasize text, you use an
10694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10702 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10703 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10707 \begin_layout Subsection
10708 Document Font and Font size
10709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10711 name "sub:Document-Font"
10719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10739 You can set the document fonts in the
10741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10749 Document ! Settings
10755 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10756 font shapes roman (serif),
10759 \begin_inset space ~
10771 \begin_layout Standard
10772 The possible options for the font include
10776 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10781 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 European Computer Modern
10806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10816 \begin_layout Standard
10825 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10826 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10831 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10834 \begin_inset space ~
10839 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10845 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10846 There are three ways to use one:
10849 \begin_layout Itemize
10850 One way is to use the
10860 Virtual means that it
10861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10872 -glyphs from other fonts.
10873 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10895 Loading the LaTeX-package
10903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10904 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10909 with the document preamble line
10910 \begin_inset Newline newline
10917 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10918 \begin_inset Newline newline
10923 will fix the guillemet problem.
10928 and that accented characters are not
10932 glyph, they are build of
10936 characters, the accent and the letter.
10937 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10941 fonts for words with accented characters.
10942 If you search for example for the French word
10943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10959 and not for the glyph
10960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10964 \begin_inset space ~
10968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10974 \begin_layout Itemize
10975 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10988 , consist of these three main font types
10991 \begin_inset space ~
11020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11024 \begin_inset space ~
11031 as typewriter font.
11032 \begin_inset Newline newline
11035 The differences between roman,
11038 \begin_inset space ~
11047 fonts are explained in section
11048 \begin_inset space ~
11052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11054 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11059 \begin_inset Newline newline
11066 was originally designed for newspapers.
11067 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11068 into the small newspaper columns.
11073 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11076 \begin_layout Itemize
11077 The best solution is to use the
11086 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11090 as the default font.
11091 In most cases they look the same as
11099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11100 One difference is improved kerning for the
11113 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11125 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11128 For the font size there are four possible values:
11145 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11148 \begin_layout Standard
11149 The font sizes are the
11154 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11155 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11156 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11159 \begin_inset space ~
11165 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11166 \begin_inset space ~
11170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11172 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11179 \begin_layout Standard
11184 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11185 a font to display the script characters.
11189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11190 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11195 So this has no effect for the document language
11211 \begin_layout Standard
11212 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11216 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11224 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11228 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11229 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11230 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11232 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11235 dialog, see section
11236 \begin_inset space ~
11240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11242 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11254 \begin_layout Subsection
11255 Using Different Character Styles
11259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11278 \begin_layout Standard
11279 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11280 certain paragraph environments.
11281 LyX supports two character styles,
11290 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11299 style, do one of the following:
11302 \begin_layout Itemize
11303 click on the toolbar button
11304 \begin_inset Graphics
11305 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11312 \begin_layout Itemize
11313 use the key binding
11322 \begin_layout Standard
11323 These commands are all toggles.
11328 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11331 \begin_layout Standard
11332 One typically uses the
11336 style for proper names.
11338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11345 is the original author of LyX.
11346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11352 \begin_layout Standard
11353 A more widely used character style is the
11358 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11365 \begin_layout Itemize
11366 clicking on the toolbar button
11367 \begin_inset Graphics
11368 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11375 \begin_layout Itemize
11376 using the keybindings
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11390 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11391 es use a different font.
11394 \begin_layout Standard
11395 We've been using the
11399 style all over the place in this document.
11400 Here's one more example:
11403 \begin_layout Quotation
11406 Don't overuse character styles!
11409 \begin_layout Standard
11410 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11411 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11412 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11413 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11428 \begin_inset space ~
11436 \begin_layout Subsection
11437 Fine-Tuning with the
11442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11444 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11461 \begin_layout Standard
11462 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11463 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11464 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11465 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11466 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11467 from ordinary dialog.
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11471 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11472 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11473 \begin_inset Newline newline
11476 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11477 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11480 \begin_layout Standard
11481 To use custom character styles, open the
11483 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11485 \begin_inset space ~
11491 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11492 font property which you can choose.
11493 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11496 \begin_inset space ~
11501 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11506 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11507 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11508 environments in a snap.
11511 \begin_layout Standard
11512 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11515 \begin_inset space ~
11527 \begin_layout Labeling
11528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11542 The possible options are:
11546 \begin_layout Labeling
11547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11552 This is the Roman font family.
11553 Normally a serif font.
11554 It's also the default family.
11564 \begin_layout Labeling
11565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11569 \begin_inset space ~
11576 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11588 \begin_layout Labeling
11589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11596 This is the Typewriter font family.
11602 arg "font-typewriter"
11611 \begin_layout Labeling
11612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11617 This corresponds to the print weight.
11622 \begin_layout Labeling
11623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11628 This is the Medium font series.
11629 It's also the default series.
11632 \begin_layout Labeling
11633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11640 This is the Bold font series.
11653 \begin_layout Labeling
11654 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11659 As the name implies.
11664 \begin_layout Labeling
11665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11670 This is the Upright font shape.
11671 It's also the default shape.
11674 \begin_layout Labeling
11675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11689 s the Italic font shape
11695 \begin_layout Labeling
11696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11703 This is the Slanted font shape
11705 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11708 \begin_layout Labeling
11709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11713 \begin_inset space ~
11720 This is the Small caps font shape
11727 \begin_layout Labeling
11728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11733 Alters the size of the font.
11734 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11735 nal to the document font size.
11736 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11737 what you want to do.
11742 \begin_layout Labeling
11743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11764 arg "font-size tiny"
11770 \begin_layout Labeling
11771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11792 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11798 \begin_layout Labeling
11799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11820 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11826 \begin_layout Labeling
11827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11848 arg "font-size small"
11854 \begin_layout Labeling
11855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11869 It's also the default size.
11873 arg "font-size normal"
11879 \begin_layout Labeling
11880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11901 arg "font-size large"
11907 \begin_layout Labeling
11908 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11929 arg "font-size larger"
11935 \begin_layout Labeling
11936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11957 arg "font-size largest"
11963 \begin_layout Labeling
11964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11985 arg "font-size huge"
11991 \begin_layout Labeling
11992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12013 arg "font-size giant"
12020 \begin_layout Standard
12025 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12026 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12027 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12028 - use that instead.
12029 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12032 \begin_layout Labeling
12033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12038 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12043 \begin_layout Labeling
12044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12051 This is text with emphasize on
12054 This might seem like the same as
12058 , but it is actually a bit different.
12064 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12066 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12069 \begin_layout Labeling
12070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12077 This is text with Underbar on.
12083 arg "font-underline"
12089 \begin_inset Newline newline
12094 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12095 when you couldn't change fonts.
12096 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12097 It's only included in LyX because some people
12101 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12104 \begin_layout Labeling
12105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12112 This is text with Noun on.
12119 , this is a logical attribute.
12120 Normally it's equivalent to
12123 \begin_inset space ~
12132 \begin_layout Labeling
12133 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12138 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12139 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12148 , which is the default
12149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12156 and means normally black, you can choose between
12192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12201 \begin_layout Labeling
12202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12207 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12208 the language of the document.
12209 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12213 \begin_layout Standard
12214 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12215 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12217 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12219 \begin_inset space ~
12224 dialog, the settings are saved.
12225 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12226 \begin_inset Graphics
12227 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12232 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12233 when the dialog isn't visible.
12237 \begin_layout Standard
12238 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12245 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12246 (suppose you just set the shape to
12247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12265 \begin_inset space ~
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12286 \begin_inset space ~
12298 \begin_layout Itemize
12304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12329 \begin_inset Newline newline
12336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12361 \begin_inset Note Note
12364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12365 For more on phantoms see section
12366 \begin_inset space ~
12370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12372 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12382 \begin_inset Newline newline
12388 \begin_layout Itemize
12393 fonts use characters with serifs.
12394 These are the small
12395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12402 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12403 The following example will show the difference:
12404 \begin_inset Newline newline
12408 \begin_inset Newline newline
12413 text without serifs
12416 \begin_inset Newline newline
12419 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12420 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12427 \begin_layout Itemize
12433 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12434 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12437 \begin_layout Standard
12438 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12439 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12442 \begin_layout Section
12443 Printing and Previewing
12446 \begin_layout Subsection
12450 \begin_layout Standard
12451 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12452 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12453 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12454 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12455 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12458 \begin_inset space ~
12466 \begin_layout Standard
12467 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12468 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12469 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12470 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12471 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12472 This happens in two stages:
12475 \begin_layout Enumerate
12476 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12477 generating a file with the extension,
12478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12492 \begin_layout Enumerate
12493 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12497 file to produce printable output.
12501 \begin_layout Subsection
12502 Output file formats
12506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12515 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12522 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12528 File formats ! ASCII
12536 \begin_layout Standard
12537 This file type has the extension
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12550 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12554 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12561 \begin_layout Standard
12562 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12564 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12565 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12577 File formats ! LaTeX
12585 \begin_layout Standard
12586 This file type has the extension
12587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12598 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12600 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12601 it manually with console commands.
12602 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12603 you view or export your document.
12606 \begin_layout Standard
12607 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12609 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12610 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12627 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12641 \begin_layout Standard
12642 This file type has the extension
12643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12663 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12664 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12665 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12667 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12671 \begin_layout Standard
12672 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12680 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12681 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12686 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12687 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12688 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12689 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12693 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12695 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12696 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12708 File formats ! PostScript
12716 \begin_layout Standard
12717 This file type has the extension
12718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12730 PostScript was developed by the company
12734 as printer language.
12735 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12737 PostScript can be seen as
12738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12741 programming language
12742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12745 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12750 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12760 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12770 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12778 Encapsulated PostScript
12779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12782 (EPS, file extension
12783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12795 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12796 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12797 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12798 whenever you view or export your document.
12799 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12800 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12801 EPS to avoid this problem.
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12807 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12808 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12838 \begin_layout Standard
12839 This file type has the extension
12840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12856 Portable Document Format
12857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 (PDF) is developed by
12864 as derivative from PostScript.
12865 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12874 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12875 looks exactly the same.
12878 \begin_layout Standard
12879 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12883 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12887 (JPG, file extension
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12915 Portable Network Graphics
12916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12919 (PNG, file extension
12920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12933 in the background to one of these formats.
12934 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12935 will slow down your workflow.
12936 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12940 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12942 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12945 in three different ways:
12948 \begin_layout Description
12949 PDF This uses the program
12953 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12954 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12958 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12959 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12962 \begin_layout Description
12964 \begin_inset space ~
12967 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12971 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12975 \begin_layout Description
12977 \begin_inset space ~
12980 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12984 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12987 \begin_layout Standard
12988 We recommend to use
12991 \begin_inset space ~
13000 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13006 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13009 \begin_layout Subsection
13014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13023 \begin_layout Standard
13024 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13025 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13029 and choose a file type.
13030 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13033 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13036 you can use the toolbar button
13037 \begin_inset Graphics
13038 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13045 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13050 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13052 \begin_inset space ~
13058 \begin_inset Graphics
13059 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13065 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13069 \begin_inset Graphics
13070 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13077 arg "buffer-view ps"
13083 \begin_layout Standard
13084 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13085 viewer window using the menu
13087 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13093 \begin_layout Standard
13094 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13096 To have a real output, export your document.
13099 \begin_layout Subsection
13100 Printing the File from within LyX
13101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13103 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13110 \begin_layout Standard
13111 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13112 it directly from within LyX.
13113 To print a file, select the menu
13115 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13118 or click on the toolbar button
13119 \begin_inset Graphics
13120 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13125 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13126 This file is then processed by the program
13130 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13135 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13139 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13140 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13141 printing one set to print on the other side.
13142 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13143 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13144 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13147 \begin_layout Standard
13148 You can set the parameters in the
13151 \begin_inset space ~
13159 \begin_layout Labeling
13160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13165 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13170 Note that this printer name is for the program
13179 has to be configured for this printer name.
13180 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13181 \begin_inset space ~
13185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13187 reference "sub:Printer"
13196 The printer should understand PostScript.
13199 \begin_layout Labeling
13200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13205 The name of a file to print to.
13206 The output will be a PostScript file.
13207 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13211 \begin_layout Section
13212 A few Words about Typography
13216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13225 \begin_layout Subsection
13230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13252 character comes in four lengths: the
13264 , and the minus sign:
13265 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13271 \begin_layout Standard
13272 \begin_inset Tabular
13273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
13275 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13278 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13319 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13346 \begin_inset space ~
13349 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13356 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13383 \begin_inset space ~
13386 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13407 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13442 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13448 \begin_layout Standard
13449 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 character multiple times in a row.
13462 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13463 the final output, but not in LyX.
13465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13497 math mode and has a length of its own.
13498 Here are some examples of the
13499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13513 \begin_layout Enumerate
13514 line- and page-breaks
13515 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13525 \begin_layout Enumerate
13527 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13537 \begin_layout Enumerate
13538 Oh — there's a dash.
13539 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13549 \begin_layout Enumerate
13550 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13564 \begin_layout Subsection
13569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13578 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13585 \begin_layout Standard
13586 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13587 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13596 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13601 following the rules of the document language
13605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13606 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13614 \begin_inset space ~
13618 \begin_inset space ~
13625 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13636 \begin_layout Standard
13637 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13642 and with unusual constructs, like
13643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13651 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13652 This is done with the menu
13654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13655 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13657 \begin_inset space ~
13663 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13664 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13669 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13670 a hyphen and a space in the form
13671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13679 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13687 as hyphenation possibility.
13688 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13689 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13690 of the LaTeX-box-command
13696 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13697 As LyX doesn't support
13703 , we have to use TeX Code.
13704 The result looks in LyX like:
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13708 \begin_inset Graphics
13709 filename clipart/mbox.png
13716 \begin_layout Standard
13717 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13718 \begin_inset space ~
13722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13724 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13731 \begin_layout Subsection
13736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13746 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13749 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13756 \begin_layout Standard
13757 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13758 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13759 LaTeX then adds the
13760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13763 appropriate amount of space
13764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13768 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13770 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13773 \begin_layout Standard
13774 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13788 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13789 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13793 Here are some examples of
13797 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13800 \begin_layout Itemize
13805 \begin_layout Itemize
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13811 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13814 \begin_layout Itemize
13816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13820 this is too much space!
13823 \begin_layout Itemize
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13829 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13832 \begin_layout Standard
13833 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13836 \begin_layout Enumerate
13840 \begin_inset space ~
13845 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13846 \begin_inset space ~
13850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13852 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13861 Spaces ! inter-word
13869 \begin_layout Enumerate
13873 \begin_inset space ~
13878 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13879 \begin_inset space ~
13883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13885 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13902 \begin_layout Enumerate
13906 \begin_inset space ~
13910 \begin_inset space ~
13914 \begin_inset space ~
13921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13923 \begin_inset space ~
13928 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13929 This function is also bound to
13932 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13938 \begin_layout Standard
13939 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13942 \begin_layout Itemize
13944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13948 \begin_inset space \space{}
13951 this is too much space!
13954 \begin_layout Itemize
13955 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13959 \begin_layout Standard
13960 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13961 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13962 LaTeX will care about this.
13965 \begin_layout Standard
13966 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13970 \begin_inset space ~
13975 feature described in section
13981 Additional Features
13986 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13992 Typography ! Quotes
14001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14032 \begin_layout Standard
14033 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14034 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14035 and use a closing quote at the end.
14037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14045 The keyboard character,
14049 , generates this automatically.
14052 \begin_layout Standard
14053 You can change the behavior of the
14057 key using the submenu
14063 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14071 Document ! Settings
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14085 There are six choices:
14088 \begin_layout Labeling
14089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14101 Use quotes like this
14102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14110 \begin_inset Quotes els
14114 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14120 \begin_layout Labeling
14121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14124 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14128 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14142 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14148 \begin_layout Labeling
14149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14152 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14156 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14162 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14166 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14170 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14174 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14180 \begin_layout Labeling
14181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14184 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14188 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14198 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14202 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14206 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14212 \begin_layout Labeling
14213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14216 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14220 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14230 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14234 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14238 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14244 \begin_layout Labeling
14245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14248 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14252 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14258 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14262 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14266 \begin_inset Quotes als
14270 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 These settings affects what character the
14284 \begin_layout Subsection
14289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14290 Typography ! Ligatures
14299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14330 name "sub:Ligatures"
14337 \begin_layout Standard
14338 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14339 print them as single characters.
14340 These groups are known as
14345 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14347 Here are the standard ligatures:
14350 \begin_layout Itemize
14354 \begin_layout Itemize
14358 \begin_layout Itemize
14362 \begin_layout Itemize
14366 \begin_layout Itemize
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14371 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14374 \begin_layout Standard
14375 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14376 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14384 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14400 To break a ligature, use
14402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14403 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14405 \begin_inset space ~
14412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14423 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14440 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 \begin_layout Subsection
14453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14462 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14469 \begin_layout Standard
14470 You have surely noticed, that the word
14471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14478 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14479 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14480 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14500 \begin_inset Note Note
14503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14504 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14512 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14513 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14518 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14522 \begin_layout Description
14523 LyX The name of the game, write
14524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14545 \begin_layout Description
14546 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14568 \begin_layout Description
14569 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14591 \begin_layout Description
14592 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 \begin_layout Standard
14615 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14620 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14628 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14629 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14630 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14633 : The actual version is
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14641 , the previous one was
14642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 \begin_layout Standard
14653 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14658 \begin_inset space \space{}
14661 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14663 This will look in LyX like:
14664 \begin_inset Graphics
14665 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14671 \begin_inset Newline newline
14674 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14675 \begin_inset space ~
14679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14681 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14688 \begin_layout Subsection
14693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14703 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14704 space between two words.
14705 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14715 for units use the menu
14717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14718 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14720 \begin_inset space ~
14728 arg "space-insert thin"
14734 \begin_layout Standard
14735 Here's an example to show the differences:
14738 \begin_layout Standard
14739 \begin_inset Tabular
14740 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14742 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14743 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14750 \begin_inset space ~
14754 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14766 space between number and unit
14773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14782 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14794 half space between number and unit
14807 \begin_layout Subsection
14812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14822 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14824 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14825 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14826 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14827 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14828 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14829 These bits of text became known as
14840 \begin_layout Standard
14841 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14842 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14843 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14844 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14845 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14846 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14847 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14850 \begin_layout Standard
14851 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14852 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14853 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14854 \begin_inset space ~
14858 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14860 key "latexcompanion"
14865 \begin_inset space ~
14869 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14875 ] may have more information.
14876 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14879 \begin_layout Chapter
14880 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14883 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14891 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14896 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14899 \begin_layout Section
14904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14920 \begin_layout Standard
14921 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14924 \begin_layout Description
14926 \begin_inset space ~
14929 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14930 \begin_inset Newline newline
14934 \begin_inset Note Note
14937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14938 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14946 \begin_layout Description
14947 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14948 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14950 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14951 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14952 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14955 \begin_inset Newline newline
14959 \begin_inset Note Comment
14962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14971 \begin_layout Description
14973 \begin_inset space ~
14976 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14977 \begin_inset Newline newline
14981 \begin_inset Newline newline
14985 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14994 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14995 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14996 How this can be done is explained in the
15005 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15011 \begin_inset Newline newline
15015 \begin_inset Newline newline
15018 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15019 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15024 \begin_inset Graphics
15025 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15027 scaleBeforeRotation
15033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15037 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15040 \begin_layout Section
15045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15054 name "sec:Footnotes"
15061 \begin_layout Standard
15062 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15068 or the toolbar button
15069 \begin_inset Graphics
15070 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15083 \begin_inset Graphics
15084 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15093 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15122 label, the box will
15126 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15127 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15140 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15156 \begin_layout Standard
15157 Here's an example footnote:
15165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15166 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15174 \begin_layout Standard
15175 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15176 position where the footnote box is placed.
15177 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15178 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15179 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15180 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15181 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15186 ey are described in the
15193 \begin_layout Section
15198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15207 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15214 \begin_layout Standard
15215 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15216 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15220 \begin_inset space ~
15225 or the toolbar button
15226 \begin_inset Graphics
15227 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15254 appearing within your text.
15255 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15264 \begin_layout Standard
15265 At the side is an example marginal note.
15269 \begin_inset Marginal
15272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15273 This is a marginal note.
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15283 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15284 pages, right on odd pages.
15287 \begin_layout Section
15288 Graphics and Images
15292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15311 name "sec:Graphics"
15318 \begin_layout Standard
15319 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15320 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15321 \begin_inset Graphics
15322 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15332 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15335 \begin_layout Standard
15336 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15341 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15342 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15344 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15345 \begin_inset space ~
15349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15351 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15358 \begin_layout Standard
15363 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15364 of the image in the output.
15365 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15369 \begin_inset space ~
15373 \begin_inset space ~
15382 \begin_inset space ~
15386 \begin_inset space ~
15390 \begin_inset space ~
15395 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15396 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15404 \begin_layout Standard
15407 LaTeX and LyX options
15409 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15410 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15414 \begin_inset space ~
15419 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15420 with the image size is printed.
15424 \begin_inset space ~
15428 \begin_inset space ~
15432 \begin_inset space ~
15437 is explained in the
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15449 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15450 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15452 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15456 \begin_layout Standard
15458 \begin_inset Graphics
15459 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15461 rotateOrigin center
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15469 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15470 the image into a float, see section
15471 \begin_inset space ~
15475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15477 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15484 \begin_layout Subsection
15489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15498 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15505 \begin_layout Standard
15506 You can insert images in any known file format.
15507 But as we explained in section
15508 \begin_inset space ~
15512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15514 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15518 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15519 LyX uses therefore the program
15523 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15524 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15525 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15526 \begin_inset space ~
15530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15532 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15540 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15543 \begin_layout Description
15545 \begin_inset space ~
15548 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15549 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15550 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15554 Graphics Interchange Format
15555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15558 (GIF, file extension
15559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15606 Portable Network Graphics
15607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15610 (PNG, file extension
15611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15658 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15662 (JPG, file extension
15663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15721 \begin_layout Description
15723 \begin_inset space ~
15726 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15728 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15729 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15730 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15731 \begin_inset Newline newline
15734 Scalable image formats can be
15735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15738 Scalable Vector Graphics
15739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15742 (SVG, file extension
15743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15790 Encapsulated PostScript
15791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15794 (EPS, file extension
15795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15842 Portable Document Format
15843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15846 (PDF, file extension
15847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15869 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15870 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15871 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15877 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15885 \begin_layout Standard
15886 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15890 \begin_layout Subsection
15891 Grouping of Image Settings
15895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 Images ! Settings grouping
15904 \begin_layout Standard
15905 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15907 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15908 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15910 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15911 need to manually change each of them.
15915 \begin_layout Standard
15916 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15919 \begin_inset space ~
15924 field in the Graphics dialog.
15925 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15926 by checking the name of the desired group.
15929 \begin_layout Section
15934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15950 \begin_layout Standard
15951 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15952 \begin_inset Graphics
15953 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15960 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15964 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15965 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15966 from the rest of the table.
15967 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15968 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15970 Here's an example table:
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15975 \begin_inset Tabular
15976 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15978 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15979 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 \begin_layout Subsection
16185 \begin_layout Standard
16186 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16187 brings up the table dialog.
16188 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16189 where the cursor is placed currently.
16190 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16191 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16192 done on all of your selection.
16195 \begin_layout Standard
16196 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16199 \begin_inset space ~
16204 helps you in setting table properties.
16205 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16208 \begin_layout Standard
16212 \begin_inset space ~
16217 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16218 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16219 current cell respectively.
16220 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16222 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16223 of text, see section
16224 \begin_inset space ~
16228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16230 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16238 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16244 This will merge the cells to
16248 cell, spread over more than one column.
16249 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16250 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16251 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16252 in the last row without the upper border:
16255 \begin_layout Standard
16257 \begin_inset Tabular
16258 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16259 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16261 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16283 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 \begin_layout Standard
16395 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16396 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16397 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16398 explained in the tables section of the
16401 \begin_inset space ~
16407 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16411 degrees counterclockwise.
16412 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16415 \begin_layout Standard
16416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16424 Most DVI-viewers are
16428 able to display rotations.
16436 \begin_layout Standard
16441 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16446 adds lines for all cell borders.
16449 \begin_layout Subsection
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16455 Tables ! Longtables
16464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 \begin_layout Standard
16474 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16477 \begin_inset space ~
16481 \begin_inset space ~
16490 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16491 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16494 \begin_layout Description
16499 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16500 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16501 except for the first page, if
16504 \begin_inset space ~
16512 \begin_layout Description
16516 \begin_inset space ~
16521 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16522 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16525 \begin_layout Description
16530 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16531 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16532 except for the last page, if
16535 \begin_inset space ~
16543 \begin_layout Description
16547 \begin_inset space ~
16552 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16553 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16556 \begin_layout Description
16557 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16558 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16564 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16567 \begin_inset space ~
16575 \begin_layout Standard
16576 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16577 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16578 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16579 The others will then be defined as
16584 In this context, first means first in this order:
16587 \begin_inset space ~
16599 \begin_inset space ~
16605 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16608 \begin_layout Standard
16610 \begin_inset Tabular
16611 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16612 <features islongtable="true">
16613 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16614 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16615 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16616 <row endfirsthead="true">
16617 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16628 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 <row endfirsthead="true">
16648 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16659 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16680 <row endhead="true">
16681 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <row endhead="true">
16712 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16744 <row endfoot="true">
16745 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <row endlastfoot="true">
18727 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 \begin_layout Subsection
18769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18778 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18785 \begin_layout Standard
18786 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18787 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18788 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18789 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18793 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18794 for the cell's paragraph.
18797 \begin_layout Standard
18798 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18799 for the column in the table dialog.
18800 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18801 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18805 \begin_layout Standard
18807 \begin_inset Tabular
18808 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18811 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 This is longer now.
18962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19013 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19014 This is longer now.
19019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 \begin_layout Standard
19046 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19047 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19053 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19059 Selection with the mouse or with
19063 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19064 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19065 the selection from outside the table.
19068 \begin_layout Section
19073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19089 \begin_layout Standard
19090 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19091 have a fixed location.
19093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19100 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19108 \begin_inset space ~
19113 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19114 too much notes at the page.
19117 \begin_layout Standard
19118 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19119 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19120 and pages without text.
19121 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19122 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19123 Floats are therefore numbered.
19124 Referencing is described in section
19125 \begin_inset space ~
19129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19131 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19138 \begin_layout Standard
19139 To insert a float, use the menu
19141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19145 A box with a caption that has e.
19146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19150 \begin_inset space \space{}
19154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19158 \begin_inset space ~
19162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19165 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19166 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19168 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19178 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19179 paragraph within the float.
19180 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19181 by left-clicking on the box label.
19182 A closed float box looks like this:
19183 \begin_inset Graphics
19184 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19189 – a gray button with a red label.
19192 \begin_layout Standard
19193 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19194 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19197 \begin_layout Subsection
19201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 Floats ! Figure floats
19213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19215 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19222 \begin_layout Standard
19225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19226 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19229 inserts a float with the label
19230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19236 \begin_inset space ~
19242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19246 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19247 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19248 This is what we did for Figure
19249 \begin_inset space ~
19253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19255 reference "cap:Platypus"
19260 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19261 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19262 This was done in Figure
19263 \begin_inset space ~
19267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19269 reference "cap:Escher"
19276 \begin_layout Standard
19277 \begin_inset Float figure
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 \begin_inset Graphics
19285 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19287 rotateOrigin center
19294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19295 \begin_inset Caption
19297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19300 name "cap:Platypus"
19304 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19317 \begin_layout Standard
19318 \begin_inset Float figure
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19324 \begin_inset Caption
19326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19344 \begin_inset Graphics
19345 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19347 rotateOrigin center
19359 \begin_layout Standard
19360 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19362 As described in section
19363 \begin_inset space ~
19367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19369 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19373 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19378 and refer to it using the menu
19380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19384 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19393 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19405 \begin_layout Standard
19406 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19407 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19408 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19409 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19411 \begin_inset space ~
19415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19417 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19421 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19422 You can also set the images one below the other.
19424 \begin_inset space ~
19428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19430 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19437 reference "fig:Platypus"
19441 are the subfigures.
19444 \begin_layout Standard
19445 \begin_inset Float figure
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19455 \begin_inset Float figure
19460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 \begin_inset Caption
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19466 name "fig:Undefinable"
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19479 \begin_inset Graphics
19480 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19491 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19495 \begin_inset Float figure
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 \begin_inset Caption
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19506 name "fig:Platypus"
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 \begin_inset Graphics
19520 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19532 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 \begin_inset Caption
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19544 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19548 Two distorted images.
19561 \begin_layout Standard
19562 Note that the caption is added to the
19565 \begin_inset space ~
19569 \begin_inset space ~
19574 as described in section
19575 \begin_inset space ~
19579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19581 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 Floats ! Table floats
19602 \begin_layout Standard
19603 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19606 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19610 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19613 \begin_inset space ~
19617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19619 reference "cap:Table-float"
19623 is an example of a table float.
19626 \begin_layout Standard
19627 \begin_inset Float table
19632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19633 \begin_inset Caption
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19638 name "cap:Table-float"
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 \begin_inset Tabular
19653 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19655 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19807 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19863 \begin_layout Standard
19864 This float type is inserted with the menu
19866 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19867 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19871 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19872 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19876 , described in section
19877 \begin_inset space ~
19881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19883 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19890 \begin_layout Standard
19891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19905 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19908 \begin_layout Standard
19913 floatname{algorithm}{your
19914 \begin_inset space ~
19920 \begin_layout Standard
19921 to the document preamble (menu
19923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19930 \begin_inset space ~
19936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19950 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19964 \begin_layout Standard
19965 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 \begin_inset Graphics
19974 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19976 rotateOrigin center
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19984 \begin_inset Caption
19986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19989 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19993 This is a wrapped figure.
19994 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20007 This float type is used if you want to
20008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20015 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20017 It can be inserted using the menu
20019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20020 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20022 \begin_inset space ~
20027 if the LaTeX-package
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20049 \begin_inset space ~
20059 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20062 \begin_inset space ~
20066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20068 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20072 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 Available units are explained in Appendix
20082 \begin_inset space ~
20086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20088 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20097 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20101 \begin_layout Standard
20102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20115 \begin_inset space \space{}
20118 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20119 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20120 over some other text.
20128 \begin_layout Itemize
20129 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20130 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20131 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20132 breaks will appear.
20135 \begin_layout Itemize
20136 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20137 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20140 \begin_layout Itemize
20141 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20142 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20145 \begin_layout Itemize
20146 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20149 \begin_layout Subsection
20151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20153 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 \begin_layout Standard
20171 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20172 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20176 \begin_inset space ~
20184 \begin_layout Standard
20185 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20186 have a multi-column document).
20187 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20190 \begin_inset space ~
20196 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20197 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20204 \begin_layout Standard
20205 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20206 format is also the same: Table
20207 \begin_inset space ~
20211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20213 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20217 is an example of a rotated table float.
20220 \begin_layout Standard
20221 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20238 \begin_inset Float table
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 \begin_inset Caption
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20249 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20263 \begin_inset Tabular
20264 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20270 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20330 \begin_layout Subsection
20332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20334 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 \begin_layout Standard
20352 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20353 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20354 \begin_inset Newline newline
20360 \begin_inset space ~
20365 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20366 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20368 \begin_inset Newline newline
20374 \begin_inset space ~
20379 is used to rotate floats, see section
20380 \begin_inset space ~
20384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20386 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20393 \begin_layout Standard
20394 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20395 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20398 \begin_inset space ~
20402 \begin_inset space ~
20410 \begin_layout Description
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20416 \begin_inset space ~
20419 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20422 \begin_layout Description
20424 \begin_inset space ~
20428 \begin_inset space ~
20431 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20434 \begin_layout Description
20436 \begin_inset space ~
20440 \begin_inset space ~
20443 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20446 \begin_layout Description
20448 \begin_inset space ~
20452 \begin_inset space ~
20455 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20459 The order of the above option is
20464 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20472 \begin_inset space ~
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20484 \begin_inset space ~
20489 , and then the others.
20490 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20492 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20493 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20496 \begin_layout Standard
20497 By default, each options has its own rules:
20500 \begin_layout Standard
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20513 only floats occupying less than 70
20514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20517 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20520 \begin_layout Standard
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20528 \begin_inset space ~
20533 : only floats occupying less than 30
20534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20537 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20540 \begin_layout Standard
20544 \begin_inset space ~
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20553 : only if more than 50
20554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20557 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20562 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20570 \begin_inset space ~
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20579 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20580 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20581 For this case you can use the option
20584 \begin_inset space ~
20590 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20592 Because the float is then no longer able to
20593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20600 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20603 \begin_layout Standard
20604 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20605 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20608 \begin_layout Standard
20609 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20613 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20620 \begin_layout Section
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20634 name "sec:Minipages"
20641 \begin_layout Standard
20642 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20644 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20652 \begin_layout Standard
20653 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20659 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20660 and its alignment within the page.
20663 \begin_layout Standard
20665 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20674 height_special "totalheight"
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20680 This is a minipage.
20681 The text is set in an italic style.
20684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20688 another formatting.
20696 \begin_layout Standard
20697 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20700 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20704 as described in section
20705 \begin_inset space ~
20709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20711 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20716 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20722 \begin_layout Standard
20723 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20732 height_special "totalheight"
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20736 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20737 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20743 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20747 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20756 height_special "totalheight"
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20760 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20761 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20769 \begin_layout Standard
20770 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20776 \begin_layout Standard
20777 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20778 to other box types.
20779 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20790 \begin_layout Chapter
20791 Mathematical Formulas
20795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20836 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20849 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20852 \begin_layout Section
20857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20866 \begin_layout Standard
20867 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20868 \begin_inset Graphics
20869 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20874 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20876 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20877 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20878 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20886 \begin_layout Standard
20887 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20891 \begin_inset space ~
20896 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20899 \begin_layout Standard
20900 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20901 line, like this one:
20904 \begin_layout Standard
20905 This is a line with an inline formula
20906 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20912 \begin_layout Standard
20913 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20915 \begin_inset Formula \[
20920 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20923 \begin_layout Standard
20924 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20926 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20930 \begin_inset space \space{}
20934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20947 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20948 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20952 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20955 \begin_inset space ~
20963 \begin_layout Subsection
20964 Navigating in Formulas
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20979 achieved with the arrow keys.
20980 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20981 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20986 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20987 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20991 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20995 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20997 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21005 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21010 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21011 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21014 \begin_layout Standard
21019 , printed in this document as
21020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21041 \begin_inset Note Note
21044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21045 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21046 space character (visible space).
21051 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21052 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21053 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21058 For example, if you want
21059 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21113 , since in the latter case only the
21116 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21121 will be under the square root sign:
21122 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21128 \begin_layout Standard
21129 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21131 \begin_inset Formula \[
21132 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21135 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21139 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21140 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21143 \begin_layout Subsection
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21149 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21153 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21154 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21155 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21156 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21157 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21160 \begin_layout Subsection
21161 Exponents and Subscripts
21165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21186 way is to use a command.
21188 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21191 , type in a formula
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21213 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21219 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21223 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21244 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21253 , you have to use an extra
21257 to separate the hat and the character.
21259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21263 \begin_inset space \space{}
21267 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21288 Subscripts are similar: To get
21289 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21312 \begin_layout Subsection
21317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 \begin_layout Standard
21327 Create a fraction with either the command
21334 \begin_inset Graphics
21335 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21343 \begin_inset space ~
21349 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21350 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21351 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21356 To move back up, press
21361 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21362 \begin_inset Formula \[
21363 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21365 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21372 \begin_layout Subsection
21377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21386 \begin_layout Standard
21387 Roots can be created using the
21390 \begin_inset space ~
21396 \begin_inset Graphics
21397 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21420 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21426 produces always a square root.
21429 \begin_layout Subsection
21430 Operators with Limits
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21453 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21460 \begin_layout Standard
21462 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21466 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21469 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21470 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21471 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21472 The sum operator will automatically place its
21473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21480 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21483 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21487 \begin_inset Formula \[
21488 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21492 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21497 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21499 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21500 behind the operator and hitting
21508 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21509 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21511 \begin_inset space ~
21515 \begin_inset space ~
21523 \begin_layout Standard
21524 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21532 feature as addition, such as
21536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21543 \begin_inset Formula \[
21544 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21548 which will place the
21549 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21561 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21562 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21568 \begin_layout Standard
21569 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21576 Have a look at section
21577 \begin_inset space ~
21581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21583 reference "sub:Functions"
21587 for an explanation of function macros.
21590 \begin_layout Subsection
21595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_layout Standard
21605 Most math symbols can be found in the
21608 \begin_inset space ~
21613 under one of several categories; including
21630 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21634 \begin_layout Standard
21635 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21636 you don't have to use the
21639 \begin_inset space ~
21644 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21645 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21648 \begin_layout Subsection
21653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21662 \begin_layout Standard
21663 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21668 arg "space-insert protected"
21674 \begin_inset space ~
21680 \begin_inset Graphics
21681 filename ../images/math/space.png
21686 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21687 Here a example for the sequence
21692 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21696 \begin_inset Graphics
21697 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21702 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21703 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21704 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21705 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21710 \begin_layout Standard
21720 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21726 \begin_layout Standard
21736 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21742 \begin_layout Subsection
21747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21756 name "sub:Functions"
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21767 \begin_inset space ~
21772 contains under the button
21773 \begin_inset Graphics
21774 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21778 a number of functions, such as
21779 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21783 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21791 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21798 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21799 avoid confusions, because
21800 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21804 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21810 \begin_layout Standard
21811 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21813 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21817 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21823 \begin_layout Standard
21824 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21825 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21826 \begin_inset space ~
21830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21832 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21839 \begin_layout Subsection
21844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21853 \begin_layout Standard
21854 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21856 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21857 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21862 \begin_inset space \space{}
21866 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21869 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21870 Our example is entered by typing
21878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21891 \begin_inset space ~
21895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21897 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21901 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21904 \begin_layout Standard
21905 \begin_inset Float table
21910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21911 \begin_inset Caption
21913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21916 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21920 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21930 \begin_inset Tabular
21931 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22496 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22517 \begin_layout Standard
22518 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22521 \begin_inset space ~
22527 \begin_inset Graphics
22528 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22532 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22536 \begin_layout Section
22537 Brackets and Delimiters
22541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22560 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22567 \begin_layout Standard
22568 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22569 For most purposes, using just the keys
22574 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22575 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22578 \begin_inset space ~
22584 \begin_inset Graphics
22585 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22590 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22592 \begin_inset Formula \[
22593 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22595 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22599 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22600 \begin_inset Formula \[
22601 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22608 \begin_layout Standard
22609 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22610 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22613 \begin_layout Standard
22614 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22615 left side and right side.
22616 If you use the option
22619 \begin_inset space ~
22624 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22625 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22626 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22627 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22631 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22632 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22633 inside the brackets.
22634 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22639 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22642 \begin_layout Standard
22643 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22654 \begin_layout Section
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22668 \begin_layout Standard
22669 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22670 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22681 \begin_layout Standard
22682 \begin_inset Formula \[
22683 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22691 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22706 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22707 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22708 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22711 \begin_layout Section
22712 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22737 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22745 \begin_layout Standard
22746 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22749 \begin_inset space ~
22755 \begin_inset Graphics
22756 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22761 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22762 Here is an example:
22763 \begin_inset Formula \[
22764 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22767 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22771 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22772 \begin_inset space ~
22776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22778 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22783 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22784 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22785 This alignment is set in the box
22790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22838 for every column as default.
22839 For example, the sequence
22840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22851 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22852 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22853 corresponds to the relevant column.
22854 The result will look like this:
22855 \begin_inset Formula \[
22857 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22858 column & has & has\, right\\
22859 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22866 \begin_layout Standard
22867 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22870 arg "newline-insert newline"
22873 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22874 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22876 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22882 \begin_layout Standard
22883 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22884 It can be created with the menu
22886 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22887 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22889 \begin_inset space ~
22902 \begin_inset Formula \[
22906 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22913 \begin_layout Standard
22914 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22917 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22920 arg "newline-insert newline"
22924 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22929 arg "newline-insert newline"
22932 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22940 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22941 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22942 A new row is created by every further hit of
22945 arg "newline-insert newline"
22949 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22950 Here is an example:
22951 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22952 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22953 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22957 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22958 where you want to start the shift and hit
22963 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22964 position to the next column.
22965 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22966 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22967 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22968 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22976 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22983 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22984 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22987 reference "eq:asquared"
22992 The other types are described in section
22993 \begin_inset space ~
22997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22999 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23006 \begin_layout Section
23007 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23012 Math ! Formula numbering
23021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23022 Math ! Referencing formulas
23028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23030 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23037 \begin_layout Standard
23038 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23041 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23043 \begin_inset space ~
23051 arg "math-number-toggle"
23055 The formula number appears in LyX as
23056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23063 within parentheses.
23065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23072 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23074 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23075 the document class.
23076 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23077 separated by a dot:
23078 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23079 1+1=2\end{equation}
23086 arg "math-number-toggle"
23089 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23090 You can only number displayed formulas.
23093 \begin_layout Standard
23094 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23096 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23097 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23099 \begin_inset space ~
23103 \begin_inset space ~
23107 \begin_inset space ~
23115 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23118 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23119 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23121 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23122 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23126 To number all lines use the shortcut
23129 arg "math-number-toggle"
23135 \begin_layout Standard
23136 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23139 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23140 A label is inserted with the menu
23142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23145 when the cursor is in the formula.
23146 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23147 It is recommended to use the proposed
23148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23159 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23160 type when you have many labels in your document.
23161 We inserted in the following example the label
23162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23169 in the second line:
23170 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23171 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23172 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23176 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23177 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23187 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23191 \begin_inset space ~
23197 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23198 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23199 as the formula number:
23202 \begin_layout Standard
23203 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23206 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23213 \begin_layout Standard
23214 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23215 \begin_inset space ~
23219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23221 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23226 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23232 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23237 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23245 \begin_layout Section
23246 User defined math macros
23250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 \begin_layout Standard
23260 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas what is very useful when you
23261 have in a document several times the same form of equations.
23262 Math macros are explained in section
23265 \begin_inset space ~
23277 \begin_layout Section
23281 \begin_layout Subsection
23286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23295 \begin_layout Standard
23296 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23297 To set a font in a formula, use the
23300 \begin_inset space ~
23306 \begin_inset Graphics
23307 filename ../images/math/font.png
23311 , or enter its command, listed in table
23312 \begin_inset space ~
23316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23318 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23325 \begin_layout Standard
23326 \begin_inset Float table
23331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23332 \begin_inset Caption
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23337 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23341 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23351 \begin_inset Tabular
23352 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23414 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23501 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23528 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23562 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23623 \begin_layout Standard
23624 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23648 \begin_layout Standard
23649 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23650 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23655 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23656 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23657 Here an example where a
23658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23669 denotes the set of numbers:
23670 \begin_inset Formula \[
23671 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23678 \begin_layout Standard
23679 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23685 \begin_inset space \space{}
23697 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23701 \begin_inset Newline newline
23704 So better don't use this feature.
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23709 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23713 \begin_inset Newline newline
23716 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23722 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23723 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23729 \begin_layout Standard
23736 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23739 \begin_layout Standard
23740 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23743 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23745 \begin_inset space ~
23753 \begin_layout Subsection
23758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23768 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23770 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23774 \begin_inset space ~
23778 \begin_inset space ~
23786 \begin_inset space ~
23792 \begin_inset Graphics
23793 filename ../images/math/font.png
23800 \begin_inset space ~
23806 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23807 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23808 Here is an example:
23809 \begin_inset Formula \[
23811 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23812 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23819 \begin_layout Subsection
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23833 \begin_layout Standard
23834 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23835 automatically chosen in most situations.
23853 For most characters,
23861 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23862 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23867 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23868 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23869 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23870 \begin_inset Graphics
23871 filename ../images/math/style.png
23876 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23877 For example, you can set
23878 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23881 , which is normally in
23890 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23894 The four styles are used in the following example:
23897 \begin_layout Standard
23898 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23902 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23906 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23910 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23917 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23918 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23922 \begin_inset space ~
23927 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23928 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23929 will be adjusted to correspond.
23930 As example a formula in the font size
23931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23945 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23951 \begin_layout Section
23955 \begin_layout Standard
23956 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23957 the document classes and into layout modules.
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23967 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23968 other than the AMS classes.
23970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23972 reference "sub:Modules"
23976 for more on layout modules.
23979 \begin_layout Section
23984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24004 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24005 (AMS) that are in common use.
24008 \begin_layout Subsection
24009 Enabling AMS-Support
24012 \begin_layout Standard
24013 Selecting the checkbox
24016 \begin_inset space ~
24020 \begin_inset space ~
24024 \begin_inset space ~
24031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24039 Document ! Settings
24047 \begin_inset space ~
24052 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24054 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24055 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24058 \begin_layout Subsection
24060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24062 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24071 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24080 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24081 LyX allows you to choose between
24102 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24105 \begin_layout Chapter
24109 \begin_layout Section
24114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24123 name "sec:Cross-References"
24130 \begin_layout Standard
24131 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24132 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24134 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24135 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24136 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24139 \begin_layout Enumerate
24143 \begin_layout Enumerate
24144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24146 name "enu:Second-item"
24153 \begin_layout Enumerate
24157 \begin_layout Standard
24158 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24163 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24164 \begin_inset Graphics
24165 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24171 A grey label box like this:
24172 \begin_inset Graphics
24173 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24178 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24179 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24214 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24219 \begin_inset space \space{}
24222 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24238 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24243 or the toolbar button
24244 \begin_inset Graphics
24245 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24251 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24252 \begin_inset Graphics
24253 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24258 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24260 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24273 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24283 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24288 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24289 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24291 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24297 \begin_layout Standard
24298 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24299 \begin_inset space ~
24303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24305 reference "enu:Second-item"
24312 \begin_layout Standard
24313 It is recommended to use a protected space
24317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24318 described in section
24319 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24325 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24334 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24338 \begin_layout Standard
24339 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24342 \begin_layout Description
24343 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24346 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24353 \begin_layout Description
24354 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24355 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24367 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24374 \begin_layout Description
24375 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24376 \begin_inset space ~
24380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24381 LatexCommand pageref
24382 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24389 \begin_layout Description
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24395 \begin_inset space ~
24398 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24400 LatexCommand vpageref
24401 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24408 \begin_layout Description
24410 \begin_inset space ~
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24418 \begin_inset space ~
24421 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24425 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24432 \begin_layout Description
24434 \begin_inset space ~
24437 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24438 \begin_inset Newline newline
24442 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24450 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24459 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24474 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24480 \begin_inset space \space{}
24484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24498 \begin_layout Standard
24499 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24500 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24501 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24505 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24510 You can only use the style
24514 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24518 is always possible.
24521 \begin_layout Standard
24522 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24523 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24524 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24525 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24526 \begin_inset space ~
24530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24532 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24543 \begin_inset space ~
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24552 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24553 The button text changes then to
24556 \begin_inset space ~
24561 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24562 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24563 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24567 \begin_layout Standard
24568 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24569 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24570 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24574 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24575 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 References are described in detail in the
24586 \begin_layout Section
24587 Table of Contents and other Listings
24591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24617 \begin_layout Subsection
24619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24621 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24628 \begin_layout Standard
24629 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24632 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24634 \begin_inset space ~
24638 \begin_inset space ~
24644 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24645 If you click on it, the
24649 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24650 sections in your documents.
24651 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24653 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24656 that is described in sec.
24657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24663 reference "sec:Navigating"
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24672 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24674 \begin_inset space ~
24678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24680 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24684 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24686 \begin_inset space ~
24690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24692 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24696 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24698 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24701 \begin_layout Subsection
24702 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24705 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24712 \begin_layout Standard
24713 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24714 You can insert them via the
24716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24718 \begin_inset space ~
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24728 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24731 \begin_layout Section
24732 URLs and Hyperlinks
24736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24755 \begin_layout Subsection
24757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24777 \begin_inset Flex URL
24780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 \begin_layout Standard
24791 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24797 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24801 \begin_layout Standard
24802 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24810 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24818 \begin_layout Subsection
24820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24822 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24830 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24835 or with the toolbar button
24836 \begin_inset Graphics
24837 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24843 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24852 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24853 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24854 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24856 name "LyX's homepage"
24857 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24861 , an Email address like this:
24862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24864 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24865 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24870 , or a link to a file.
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24874 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24887 to the link target.
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24892 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24893 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24894 the text style dialog.
24895 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24899 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24901 name "LyX's homepage"
24902 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24914 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24916 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24917 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24921 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24923 \begin_inset Newline newline
24931 \begin_inset Newline newline
24938 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24941 \begin_layout Section
24946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24955 name "sec:Appendices"
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24963 Appendices are created with the menu
24965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24967 \begin_inset space ~
24971 \begin_inset space ~
24977 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24978 as appendix region.
24979 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24983 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24984 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24985 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24986 and the subsection number.
24987 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24999 reference "cha:Credits"
25004 \begin_inset space ~
25008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25010 reference "sub:Export"
25017 \begin_layout Section
25022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25031 name "sec:Bibliography"
25038 \begin_layout Standard
25039 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25040 You can include a bibliography database,
25044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25045 Known under the name
25046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25058 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25059 manually, using the paragraph environment
25063 , which was described in section
25064 \begin_inset space ~
25068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25070 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25075 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25076 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25080 use a bibliography database.
25083 \begin_layout Subsection
25084 The Bibliography Environment
25087 \begin_layout Standard
25092 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25094 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25103 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25105 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25114 , a short form of its title, as key.
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25123 or the toolbar button
25124 \begin_inset Graphics
25125 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25131 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25132 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25133 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25134 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25139 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25140 with surrounding brackets.
25145 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25146 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25161 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25166 key "latexcompanion"
25173 \begin_layout Standard
25174 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25184 \begin_layout Subsection
25185 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25190 Bibliography ! Databases
25199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25200 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25208 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25216 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25222 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25224 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25225 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25230 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25232 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25233 your working field in a database.
25234 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25235 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25237 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25242 The database is a text file with the file extension
25243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25254 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25255 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25256 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25258 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25263 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25264 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25265 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25266 \begin_inset Flex URL
25269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25271 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 To use a database, use the menu
25282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25287 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25300 \begin_inset space ~
25306 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25307 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25310 Add bibliography to TOC
25312 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25317 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25333 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25334 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25335 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25337 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25343 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25344 \begin_inset Newline newline
25348 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25350 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25362 \begin_layout Standard
25363 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25367 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25368 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25371 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25399 \begin_inset space ~
25405 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25411 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25420 \begin_layout Standard
25421 When you select the option
25423 Sectioned bibliography
25427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25430 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25431 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25433 Customizing Bibliographies
25446 \begin_layout Standard
25447 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25448 the two methods of creating them.
25449 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25450 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25451 We used the style file
25455 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25458 \begin_layout Subsection
25459 Bibliography layout
25463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25464 Bibliography ! Layout
25472 \begin_layout Standard
25473 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25474 For this feature you need to enable the option
25480 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25488 Document ! Settings
25498 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25499 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25500 in the previous section.
25503 \begin_layout Standard
25504 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25505 in the citation reference window.
25506 Here an example where we set the text
25507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25511 \begin_inset space ~
25515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25518 to appear after the reference:
25521 \begin_layout Standard
25523 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25526 key "latexcompanion"
25533 \begin_layout Section
25538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25554 \begin_layout Standard
25555 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25559 \begin_inset space ~
25564 or the toolbar button
25565 \begin_inset Graphics
25566 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25567 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25584 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25585 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25586 by LyX as index entry.
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25591 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25593 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25595 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25603 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25607 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25611 \begin_inset space ~
25615 \begin_inset space ~
25618 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25620 \begin_inset space ~
25626 A light blue box labeled
25627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25638 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25639 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25642 \begin_layout Subsection
25643 Grouping Index Entries
25647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25656 \begin_layout Standard
25657 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25659 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25660 lists under the entry
25661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25669 First we create the entry
25670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25678 \begin_inset space ~
25682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25684 reference "sub:Lists"
25689 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25690 \begin_inset space ~
25694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25696 reference "sec:Itemize"
25700 , we insert the command
25703 \begin_layout Standard
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25713 \begin_layout Standard
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 for the enumerated list in section
25721 \begin_inset space ~
25725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25727 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25735 The exclamation mark
25736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25743 marks the grouping levels.
25744 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25745 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25746 If we don't have an index entry for
25747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25754 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25757 \begin_layout Subsection
25762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25763 Index ! Page ranges
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25774 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25775 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25777 \begin_inset space ~
25781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25783 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25793 Paragraph environments|(
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25797 and another entry at the end of section
25798 \begin_inset space ~
25802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25804 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25814 Paragraph environments|)
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25842 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25843 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25844 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25845 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25846 An example is the index entry
25847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25850 Document ! Settings
25851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25857 \begin_layout Subsection
25862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25863 Index ! Cross referencing
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25872 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25873 We referred for example in the index entry
25874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25882 \begin_inset space ~
25886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25888 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25892 ) to the index entry
25893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25900 in the same section using the entry
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25906 GIF|see{Image formats}
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25911 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25912 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25915 \begin_layout Subsection
25920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25921 Index ! Entry order
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25930 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25931 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25932 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25937 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25939 \begin_inset space ~
25943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25945 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25954 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25955 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25984 Dummy entries ! maïs
25993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25994 Dummy entries ! maître
26003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26004 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26009 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26010 order maïs, maison, maître.
26011 To achieve this, we use the command
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26017 previous entry@current entry
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26021 In our case we want to have
26022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26037 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26040 \begin_layout Standard
26046 \begin_layout Standard
26047 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26048 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26052 \begin_layout Subsection
26057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26058 Index ! Entry layout
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26067 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26074 This is an italic dummy entry
26079 You can also format the page number using the character
26080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26087 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26088 We can write for example
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26094 italic page number:|textit
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26098 to get the page number in italic.
26102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26103 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26108 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26126 \begin_inset space ~
26132 Have a look at section
26133 \begin_inset space ~
26137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26139 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26143 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26147 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26155 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26159 to generate the index, see section
26160 \begin_inset space ~
26164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26166 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26175 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26176 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26178 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26181 key "latexcompanion"
26193 \begin_layout Standard
26194 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26196 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26197 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26198 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26199 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26200 If so, put the following in preamble
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26215 \begin_layout Standard
26219 \begin_layout Standard
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26226 into the index entry.
26230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26231 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26236 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26237 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26238 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26241 \begin_layout Standard
26242 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26248 \begin_inset space \space{}
26251 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26252 for all index entries.
26253 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26265 documentation for details,
26266 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26268 key "makeindex,xindy"
26275 \begin_layout Subsection
26280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26289 name "sub:Index-Program"
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26297 When the index entry program
26301 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26302 generation, otherwise the program
26306 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26307 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26308 dialog, see section
26309 \begin_inset space ~
26313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26315 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26320 The available options are listed and explained in
26321 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26323 key "makeindex,xindy"
26328 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26336 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26337 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26339 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26341 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26342 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26350 \begin_layout Section
26351 Nomenclature / Glossary
26355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26396 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26403 \begin_layout Standard
26404 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26405 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26409 \begin_layout Standard
26410 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26419 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26425 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26426 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26432 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26435 \begin_layout Standard
26436 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26437 and then use the menu
26439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26445 \begin_inset space ~
26450 or the toolbar button
26451 \begin_inset Graphics
26452 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26470 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26473 \begin_layout Standard
26474 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26475 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26476 The second is the description of the symbol.
26479 \begin_layout Standard
26480 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26488 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26496 \begin_layout Subsection
26497 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26502 Nomenclature ! Layout
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26515 field as LaTeX-formula.
26517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26521 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26529 \begin_inset Newline newline
26537 \begin_inset Newline newline
26543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26550 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26551 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26563 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26573 \begin_layout Standard
26574 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26575 \begin_inset space ~
26579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26581 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26592 \begin_inset space ~
26597 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26598 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26603 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26610 in this document is:
26611 \begin_inset Newline newline
26616 dummy entry for the character
26621 \begin_inset Newline newline
26633 \begin_inset space ~
26643 font use the command
26672 \begin_layout Subsection
26673 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26678 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26687 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26688 the symbol definition.
26689 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26690 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26693 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26694 LatexCommand nomenclature
26696 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26703 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26707 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26708 LatexCommand nomenclature
26711 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26716 They will be sorted by
26717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26743 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26746 will be sorted before the
26750 since the character
26751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26758 is considered in sorting.
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26765 \begin_inset space ~
26770 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26771 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26773 For the given example, you can insert
26777 to this field for the
26778 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26785 will be located before
26786 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26798 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26807 \begin_layout Subsection
26808 Nomenclature Options
26812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26813 Nomenclature ! Options
26821 \begin_layout Standard
26826 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26827 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26830 \begin_layout Description
26831 refeq Appends the phrase
26832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26847 to every nomenclature entry, where
26853 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26856 \begin_layout Description
26857 refpage Appends the phrase
26858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26873 to every nomenclature entry, where
26879 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26882 \begin_layout Description
26883 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26887 There are furthermore the options
26931 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26935 \begin_layout Standard
26936 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26937 class options list in the
26939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26943 In this document the option
26950 \begin_layout Standard
26951 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26958 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26959 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26964 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26967 \begin_layout Description
26977 \begin_layout Description
26980 nomrefpage Like the
26987 \begin_layout Description
26990 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26999 \begin_layout Description
27003 \begin_inset space ~
27009 \begin_inset space ~
27014 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27017 \begin_layout Subsection
27018 Printing the Nomenclature
27022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27023 Nomenclature ! Printing
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27036 \begin_inset space ~
27040 \begin_inset space ~
27043 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27047 A light blue box labeled
27048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27059 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27060 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27064 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27073 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27081 For example, in order to change the name to
27085 , add the following line to the preamble:
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27096 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27099 \begin_layout Standard
27100 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27107 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27108 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27111 \begin_layout Standard
27119 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27125 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27126 \begin_inset space ~
27130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27132 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27137 The default value is 1
27138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27144 \begin_layout Subsection
27145 Nomenclature Program
27149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27150 Nomenclature ! Program
27156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27158 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27165 \begin_layout Standard
27166 LyX uses the program
27170 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27171 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27176 by adding options, see section
27177 \begin_inset space ~
27181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27183 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27188 The available options are listed and explained in
27189 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27191 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27198 \begin_layout Section
27203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27214 Document ! Branches
27220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27222 name "sec:Branches"
27229 \begin_layout Standard
27230 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27231 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27232 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27233 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27238 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27239 To create a branch, go in the
27241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27249 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27250 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27254 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27255 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27260 where you can choose a branch.
27261 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27266 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27269 \begin_layout Standard
27270 \begin_inset Branch Question
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27283 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27287 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27296 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27303 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27304 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27306 For example you can define for the question branch
27310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27311 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27318 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27340 \begin_layout Standard
27350 \begin_layout Standard
27351 and for the answer branch
27354 \begin_layout Standard
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27375 \begin_inset Branch Question
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27411 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27414 \begin_layout Standard
27418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27446 \begin_layout Standard
27447 Now it is possible to use the commands
27451 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27458 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27461 to obtain conditional output.
27462 Here is an example formula where only the
27469 \begin_inset Formula \[
27470 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27477 \begin_layout Standard
27478 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27486 \begin_layout Section
27488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27490 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27512 dialog provides under
27516 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27517 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27526 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27539 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27540 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27541 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27543 You can specify in the dialog tab
27547 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27549 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27550 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27559 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27560 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27561 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27563 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27564 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27566 \begin_inset space ~
27569 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27570 \begin_inset space ~
27573 1 will only display the sections.
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27577 The header informations in the dialog tab
27581 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27582 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27587 \begin_inset space \space{}
27590 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27591 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27594 Automatic fill header
27596 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27597 title and author settings.
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27603 Load in fullscreen mode
27605 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27610 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27616 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27626 \begin_layout Section
27627 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27630 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27637 \begin_layout Subsection
27642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27651 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27660 constructs, but not all.
27661 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27662 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27663 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27664 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27665 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27670 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27672 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27676 \begin_inset space ~
27681 or by the toolbar button
27682 \begin_inset Graphics
27683 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27688 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27693 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27694 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27695 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27702 , you can write the command part
27708 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27712 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27713 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27714 the following example:
27717 \begin_layout Standard
27718 \begin_inset Graphics
27719 filename clipart/ERT.png
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 This is a line with a
27736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27759 \begin_layout Standard
27760 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27768 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27769 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27777 \begin_layout Subsection
27778 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27779 \begin_inset OptArg
27782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27801 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27808 \begin_layout Standard
27809 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27810 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27811 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27820 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27821 every time if you know the right commands.
27823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27827 \begin_inset space \space{}
27830 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27831 the end of the day.
27832 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27833 all caption labels bold.
27834 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27836 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27840 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27841 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27842 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 As result you know that the package
27862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27863 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27869 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27882 usepackage[options]{package name}
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27886 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27887 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27888 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27891 \begin_layout Standard
27892 In your case the package name is
27897 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27902 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27903 So you add the command
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27911 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27915 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27920 For more commands provided by the
27924 package, have a look at its documentation,
27925 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27940 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27942 For example if you use a
27946 class, you don't need the package
27950 , you can instead write
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27958 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27964 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27965 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27966 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27973 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27977 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27978 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27980 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27981 the previous section.
27984 \begin_layout Standard
27985 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27987 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27989 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27997 \begin_layout Section
27998 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28001 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28029 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28030 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28031 to break your train of thought with
28033 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28040 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28041 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28050 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28055 as explained below, and turn on
28058 \begin_inset space ~
28065 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28071 \begin_inset space ~
28075 \begin_inset space ~
28078 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28087 Previews of an already loaded document are
28091 generated just by selecting the
28094 \begin_inset space ~
28099 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28103 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28104 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28107 \begin_inset space ~
28112 check box in the insert dialog.
28113 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28117 \begin_layout Standard
28118 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28122 (on some systems named simply
28127 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28129 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28135 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28136 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28144 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28149 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28155 \begin_layout Standard
28156 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28160 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28162 \begin_inset space ~
28167 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28168 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28170 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28171 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28172 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28173 the source view window.
28176 \begin_layout Section
28178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28180 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28197 \begin_layout Standard
28198 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28199 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28216 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28222 can be seen as successor of
28226 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28231 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28232 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28241 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28242 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28249 \begin_layout Standard
28252 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28255 or the toolbar button
28256 \begin_inset Graphics
28257 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28262 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28263 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28264 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28265 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28266 scrolled so that it is visible.
28271 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28273 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28277 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28278 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28282 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28285 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28289 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28290 will bring an error message.
28291 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28292 specifying a different
28294 Alternative language
28296 in preferences dialog.
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28303 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28307 \begin_layout Standard
28308 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28309 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28311 But you can use the
28314 \begin_inset space ~
28318 \begin_inset space ~
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28327 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28328 This does work with
28332 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28335 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28344 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28347 \begin_layout Description
28349 \begin_inset space ~
28352 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28353 should consider, e.
28354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28358 \begin_inset space \space{}
28361 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28362 This should not normally be needed.
28365 \begin_layout Description
28367 \begin_inset space ~
28370 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28371 as your personal dictionary
28374 \begin_layout Description
28376 \begin_inset space ~
28380 \begin_inset space ~
28383 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28395 \begin_layout Description
28397 \begin_inset space ~
28401 \begin_inset space ~
28404 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28413 also for the spellchecker.
28417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28418 The encodings are explained in section
28419 \begin_inset space ~
28423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28425 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28434 Only enable this if you use
28438 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28439 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28440 so this is disabled by default.
28443 \begin_layout Section
28448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28457 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28465 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28469 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28472 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28475 or the toolbar button
28476 \begin_inset Graphics
28477 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28479 rotateOrigin center
28484 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28489 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28490 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28491 cases to find related words.
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28495 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28497 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28505 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28514 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28533 \begin_layout Section
28538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28549 Document ! Change Tracking
28555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28557 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28564 \begin_layout Standard
28565 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28566 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28567 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28568 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28570 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28572 \begin_inset space ~
28575 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28577 \begin_inset space ~
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28595 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28598 \begin_inset space ~
28602 \begin_inset space ~
28615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28624 \begin_layout Standard
28625 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28639 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28646 \begin_inset Graphics
28647 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28655 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28661 \begin_layout Standard
28662 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28667 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28673 \begin_layout Standard
28674 \begin_inset Tabular
28675 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28676 <features islongtable="true">
28677 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28678 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28684 \begin_inset Graphics
28685 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28686 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28687 rotateOrigin center
28696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28702 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28704 \begin_inset space ~
28707 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28709 \begin_inset space ~
28718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28723 \begin_inset Graphics
28724 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28726 rotateOrigin center
28735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28743 \begin_inset space ~
28746 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28748 \begin_inset space ~
28752 \begin_inset space ~
28756 \begin_inset space ~
28765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28770 \begin_inset Graphics
28771 filename ../images/change-next.png
28772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28773 rotateOrigin center
28782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28786 Jumps to the next change
28792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28797 \begin_inset Graphics
28798 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28799 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28800 rotateOrigin center
28809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28817 \begin_inset space ~
28820 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28822 \begin_inset space ~
28831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28836 \begin_inset Graphics
28837 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28839 rotateOrigin center
28848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28856 \begin_inset space ~
28859 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28861 \begin_inset space ~
28870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28875 \begin_inset Graphics
28876 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28878 rotateOrigin center
28887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28893 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28895 \begin_inset space ~
28898 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28900 \begin_inset space ~
28909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28914 \begin_inset Graphics
28915 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28917 rotateOrigin center
28926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28934 \begin_inset space ~
28937 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28939 \begin_inset space ~
28943 \begin_inset space ~
28952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28957 \begin_inset Graphics
28958 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28960 rotateOrigin center
28969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28977 \begin_inset space ~
28980 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28982 \begin_inset space ~
28986 \begin_inset space ~
28995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29000 \begin_inset Graphics
29001 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29002 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29003 rotateOrigin center
29012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29019 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29021 \begin_inset space ~
29030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29035 \begin_inset Graphics
29036 filename ../images/note-next.png
29037 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29038 rotateOrigin center
29047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29053 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29055 \begin_inset space ~
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29072 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29078 \begin_layout Standard
29079 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29080 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29081 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29082 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29083 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29084 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29085 step to the next change.
29086 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29089 \begin_layout Standard
29090 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29091 to describe a change.
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29095 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29104 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29110 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29111 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29117 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29120 \begin_layout Section
29121 International Support
29125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29126 International support
29134 \begin_layout Standard
29135 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29136 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29137 how to set up LyX to use them:
29138 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29140 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29149 \begin_inset space ~
29153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29155 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29162 \begin_layout Subsection
29167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29178 Document ! Settings
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29188 Document ! Language
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29202 dialog lets you set
29204 the language and character encoding for your language.
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29209 Choose your language in the
29213 section of this dialog.
29221 \begin_layout Standard
29226 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29231 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29232 For details about the different encoding options see section
29233 \begin_inset space ~
29237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29239 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29246 \begin_layout Subsection
29247 Keyboard mapping configuration
29248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29250 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29257 \begin_layout Standard
29258 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29259 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29260 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29261 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29262 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29264 \begin_inset space ~
29268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29270 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29275 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29276 which one you want to use.
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29280 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29281 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29282 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29283 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29284 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29285 one to support the characters you want.
29286 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29293 \begin_layout Subsection
29297 \begin_layout Standard
29299 \begin_inset space ~
29303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29305 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29314 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29318 \begin_layout Standard
29319 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29320 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29328 \begin_layout Itemize
29329 Even if you have selected
29335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29338 dialog, users who have only the
29342 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29346 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29347 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29348 french quotes won't show up.
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29352 \begin_inset Float table
29357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29358 \begin_inset Caption
29360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29363 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29381 \begin_inset Tabular
29382 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29400 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 \begin_layout Standard
33814 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33816 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33817 also the characters from
33829 \begin_layout Itemize
33838 \begin_layout Standard
33839 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33840 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33846 \begin_layout Standard
33847 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33848 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33854 \begin_layout Standard
33855 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33856 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33862 \begin_layout Standard
33863 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33864 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33870 \begin_layout Standard
33872 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33878 \begin_layout Standard
33880 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33886 \begin_layout Standard
33888 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33895 \begin_layout Itemize
33908 \begin_layout Standard
33910 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33916 \begin_layout Standard
33918 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33924 \begin_layout Standard
33926 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33932 \begin_layout Standard
33934 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33940 \begin_layout Standard
33942 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33948 \begin_layout Standard
33950 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33957 \begin_layout Standard
33958 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33959 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33960 Also make sure you're using the
33967 \begin_layout Chapter
33970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33972 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33979 \begin_layout Standard
33980 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33981 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33982 inside the user's guide.
33985 \begin_layout Section
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 \begin_layout Standard
34004 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34005 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34008 \begin_layout Subsection
34012 \begin_layout Standard
34013 Creates a new document.
34016 \begin_layout Subsection
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34021 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34022 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34023 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34026 \begin_layout Subsection
34030 \begin_layout Standard
34034 \begin_layout Subsection
34038 \begin_layout Standard
34039 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34040 Click there on a file to open it.
34043 \begin_layout Subsection
34047 \begin_layout Standard
34048 Closes the current document.
34051 \begin_layout Subsection
34055 \begin_layout Standard
34056 Saves the actual document.
34059 \begin_layout Subsection
34063 \begin_layout Standard
34064 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34067 \begin_layout Subsection
34071 \begin_layout Standard
34072 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34075 \begin_layout Subsection
34079 \begin_layout Standard
34080 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34081 It is described in the section
34083 Version Control in LyX
34088 \begin_inset space ~
34096 \begin_layout Subsection
34100 \begin_layout Standard
34101 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34102 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34103 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34106 \begin_layout Standard
34107 When using the menu
34110 \begin_inset space ~
34114 \begin_inset space ~
34119 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34120 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34121 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34122 will start a new paragraph.
34125 \begin_layout Subsection
34127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34136 \begin_layout Standard
34137 You can export your document to various file formats.
34138 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34139 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34140 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34143 \begin_layout Standard
34144 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34146 \begin_inset space ~
34150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34152 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34159 \begin_layout Description
34163 \begin_inset space ~
34168 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34169 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34172 \begin_layout Description
34180 \begin_layout Description
34181 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34185 \begin_layout Description
34187 \begin_inset space ~
34191 \begin_inset space ~
34194 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34198 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34206 \begin_layout Description
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 \begin_inset space ~
34226 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34227 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34231 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34234 \begin_layout Description
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34249 \begin_inset space ~
34254 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34255 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34263 \begin_layout Description
34265 \begin_inset space ~
34268 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34276 is replaced by the version number)
34279 \begin_layout Description
34280 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34293 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34297 \begin_layout Description
34302 PDF-format using the program
34307 \begin_layout Description
34311 \begin_inset space ~
34316 PDF-format using the program
34321 \begin_layout Description
34325 \begin_inset space ~
34330 PDF-format using the program
34335 \begin_layout Description
34339 \begin_inset space ~
34347 \begin_layout Description
34351 \begin_inset space ~
34355 \begin_inset space ~
34360 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34361 and then exported as text using the program
34366 \begin_layout Description
34371 PostScript format using the program
34376 \begin_layout Description
34384 \begin_layout Standard
34389 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34390 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34396 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34399 \begin_layout Standard
34400 If one of the menu entries
34407 \begin_inset space ~
34416 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34417 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34418 \begin_inset space ~
34422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34424 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34433 Reconfiguration of LyX
34441 \begin_layout Standard
34446 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34447 the export program.
34450 \begin_layout Subsection
34454 \begin_layout Standard
34455 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34456 or send it to a printer.
34457 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34458 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34464 For more informations have a look at section
34465 \begin_inset space ~
34469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34471 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34478 \begin_layout Subsection
34479 New and Close Window
34482 \begin_layout Standard
34483 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34484 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34487 \begin_layout Section
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34501 \begin_layout Subsection
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34506 Described in section
34507 \begin_inset space ~
34511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34513 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34520 \begin_layout Subsection
34521 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34524 \begin_layout Standard
34525 Described in section
34526 \begin_inset space ~
34530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34532 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34539 \begin_layout Subsection
34543 \begin_layout Standard
34544 Selects the whole document.
34547 \begin_layout Subsection
34551 \begin_layout Standard
34552 Described in section
34553 \begin_inset space ~
34557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34559 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34566 \begin_layout Subsection
34567 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34570 \begin_layout Standard
34571 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34575 \begin_layout Subsection
34579 \begin_layout Standard
34580 Described in section
34581 \begin_inset space ~
34585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34587 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34594 \begin_layout Subsection
34599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34600 Paragraph ! Settings
34608 \begin_layout Standard
34609 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34611 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34614 \begin_layout Standard
34615 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34616 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34619 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34625 \begin_inset space ~
34633 \begin_layout Subsection
34637 \begin_layout Standard
34638 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34639 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34640 The properties of tables are described in section
34641 \begin_inset space ~
34645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34647 reference "sec:Tables"
34651 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34652 \begin_inset space ~
34656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34658 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34665 \begin_layout Subsection
34666 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34672 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34673 \begin_inset space ~
34677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34679 reference "sec:Nesting"
34684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34686 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34693 \begin_layout Section
34698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34712 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34713 document with an external program.
34714 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34715 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34716 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34717 \begin_inset space ~
34721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34723 reference "sub:Export"
34728 You should at least see the menu entries
34735 \begin_inset space ~
34741 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34742 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34743 \begin_inset space ~
34747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34749 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34758 Reconfiguration of LyX
34766 \begin_layout Standard
34767 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34768 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34769 \begin_inset space ~
34773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34775 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34780 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34783 \begin_layout Standard
34784 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34787 At the bottom of the
34791 menu the opened documents are listed.
34794 \begin_layout Subsection
34795 Open/Close all Insets
34798 \begin_layout Standard
34799 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34802 \begin_layout Subsection
34803 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34806 \begin_layout Standard
34807 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34810 \begin_layout Standard
34811 Math macros are described in the
34818 \begin_layout Subsection
34822 \begin_layout Standard
34823 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34825 \begin_inset space ~
34829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34831 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34838 \begin_layout Subsection
34842 \begin_layout Standard
34843 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34844 opening a new view window.
34847 \begin_layout Subsection
34851 \begin_layout Standard
34852 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34853 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34854 the same document, but at different positions.
34855 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34856 or more documents the same time.
34857 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34864 \begin_layout Subsection
34868 \begin_layout Standard
34869 Closes a split view.
34872 \begin_layout Subsection
34876 \begin_layout Standard
34877 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34878 that you will see nothing than your text.
34879 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34880 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34881 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34884 \begin_layout Subsection
34886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34888 name "sub:Toolbars"
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34905 \begin_layout Standard
34906 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34907 All toolbars and the
34910 \begin_inset space ~
34915 can be turned on and off.
34920 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34932 \begin_inset space ~
34941 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34945 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34952 \begin_layout Standard
34957 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34961 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34962 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34963 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34964 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34965 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34968 \begin_layout Standard
34969 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34970 \begin_inset space ~
34974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34976 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34983 \begin_layout Section
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 \begin_layout Subsection
35001 \begin_layout Standard
35002 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35003 \begin_inset space ~
35007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35009 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35020 \begin_layout Subsection
35022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35024 name "sub:Special-Character"
35031 \begin_layout Standard
35032 Here you can insert the following characters:
35035 \begin_layout Description
35036 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35037 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35038 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35039 \begin_inset Newline newline
35043 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35051 Not all characters will be visible in the
35055 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35063 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35067 ) can display every character.
35075 \begin_layout Description
35076 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35080 \begin_layout Description
35082 \begin_inset space ~
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35089 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35090 \begin_inset space ~
35094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35096 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35103 \begin_layout Description
35105 \begin_inset space ~
35108 Quote Inserts this quote:
35109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35112 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35124 \begin_layout Description
35126 \begin_inset space ~
35129 Quote Inserts this quote:
35130 \begin_inset Quotes els
35136 \begin_layout Description
35138 \begin_inset space ~
35141 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35145 \begin_layout Description
35147 \begin_inset space ~
35150 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35154 \begin_layout Description
35156 \begin_inset space ~
35159 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35163 \begin_layout Description
35165 \begin_inset space ~
35172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35183 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35188 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35189 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35190 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35199 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35205 \begin_inset Newline newline
35208 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35220 and this Wiki-page:
35221 \begin_inset Newline newline
35225 \begin_inset Flex URL
35228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35230 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35238 \begin_layout Subsection
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35243 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35246 \begin_layout Description
35247 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35248 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35254 \begin_layout Description
35255 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35256 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35262 \begin_layout Description
35264 \begin_inset space ~
35267 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35274 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35281 \begin_layout Description
35283 \begin_inset space ~
35286 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35287 \begin_inset space ~
35291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35293 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35300 \begin_layout Description
35302 \begin_inset space ~
35305 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35306 \begin_inset space ~
35310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35312 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35319 \begin_layout Description
35321 \begin_inset space ~
35324 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35325 \begin_inset space ~
35329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35331 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35338 \begin_layout Description
35340 \begin_inset space ~
35343 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35344 \begin_inset space ~
35348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35350 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35357 \begin_layout Description
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35362 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35363 \begin_inset space ~
35367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35369 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35376 \begin_layout Description
35378 \begin_inset space ~
35381 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35382 \begin_inset space ~
35386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35388 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35395 \begin_layout Description
35397 \begin_inset space ~
35400 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35401 \begin_inset space ~
35405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35407 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35414 \begin_layout Description
35416 \begin_inset space ~
35420 \begin_inset space ~
35423 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35424 \begin_inset space ~
35428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35430 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35437 \begin_layout Description
35439 \begin_inset space ~
35442 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35443 text line to the page border, see section
35444 \begin_inset space ~
35448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35450 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35457 \begin_layout Description
35459 \begin_inset space ~
35462 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35463 \begin_inset space ~
35467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35469 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35476 \begin_layout Description
35478 \begin_inset space ~
35481 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35482 text page to the page border, described in section
35483 \begin_inset space ~
35487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35489 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35496 \begin_layout Description
35498 \begin_inset space ~
35501 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35502 \begin_inset space ~
35506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35508 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35515 \begin_layout Description
35517 \begin_inset space ~
35521 \begin_inset space ~
35524 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35531 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35538 \begin_layout Subsection
35542 \begin_layout Standard
35543 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35544 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35552 reference "sec:toc"
35557 The index list is described in section
35558 \begin_inset space ~
35562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35564 reference "sec:Index"
35568 , the nomenclature in section
35569 \begin_inset space ~
35573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35575 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35579 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35580 \begin_inset space ~
35584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35586 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35593 \begin_layout Subsection
35597 \begin_layout Standard
35598 To insert floats, described in section
35599 \begin_inset space ~
35603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35605 reference "sec:Floats"
35612 \begin_layout Subsection
35616 \begin_layout Standard
35617 To insert notes, described in section
35618 \begin_inset space ~
35622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35624 reference "sec:Notes"
35631 \begin_layout Subsection
35635 \begin_layout Standard
35636 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35637 \begin_inset space ~
35641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35643 reference "sec:Branches"
35650 \begin_layout Subsection
35655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35665 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35666 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35677 \begin_layout Subsection
35682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35691 \begin_layout Standard
35692 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35699 reference "sec:Minipages"
35704 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35715 \begin_layout Subsection
35719 \begin_layout Standard
35720 Inserts a citation as described in section
35721 \begin_inset space ~
35725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35727 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35734 \begin_layout Subsection
35738 \begin_layout Standard
35739 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35740 \begin_inset space ~
35744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35746 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35753 \begin_layout Subsection
35757 \begin_layout Standard
35758 Inserts a label as described in section
35759 \begin_inset space ~
35763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35765 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35772 \begin_layout Subsection
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35788 Longtables ! Caption
35796 \begin_layout Standard
35797 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35798 Floats are described in section
35799 \begin_inset space ~
35803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35805 reference "sec:Floats"
35809 , captions in longtables are described in section
35820 \begin_layout Subsection
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35825 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35826 \begin_inset space ~
35830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35832 reference "sec:Index"
35839 \begin_layout Subsection
35843 \begin_layout Standard
35844 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35845 \begin_inset space ~
35849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35851 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35858 \begin_layout Subsection
35862 \begin_layout Standard
35864 Tables are described in section
35865 \begin_inset space ~
35869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35871 reference "sec:Tables"
35878 \begin_layout Subsection
35882 \begin_layout Standard
35884 Graphics are described in section
35885 \begin_inset space ~
35889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35891 reference "sec:Graphics"
35898 \begin_layout Subsection
35902 \begin_layout Standard
35903 Inserts an URL as described in section
35904 \begin_inset space ~
35908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35910 reference "sub:URLs"
35917 \begin_layout Subsection
35921 \begin_layout Standard
35922 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35923 \begin_inset space ~
35927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35929 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35936 \begin_layout Subsection
35940 \begin_layout Standard
35941 Inserts a footnote, see section
35942 \begin_inset space ~
35946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35948 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35955 \begin_layout Subsection
35959 \begin_layout Standard
35960 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35961 \begin_inset space ~
35965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35967 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35974 \begin_layout Subsection
35978 \begin_layout Standard
35979 Inserts a short title, see section
35980 \begin_inset space ~
35984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35986 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35993 \begin_layout Subsection
35997 \begin_layout Standard
35998 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35999 \begin_inset space ~
36003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36005 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36012 \begin_layout Subsection
36017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36026 \begin_layout Standard
36027 Inserts a program listings box.
36028 Program listings are explained in chapter
36030 Program Code Listings
36039 \begin_layout Subsection
36043 \begin_layout Standard
36044 Inserts the actual date.
36045 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36047 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36057 There the different methods are also compared.
36060 \begin_layout Section
36065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36074 \begin_layout Standard
36075 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36076 \begin_inset space ~
36079 of the current document.
36080 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36083 \begin_layout Subsection
36087 \begin_layout Standard
36088 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36089 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36095 \begin_inset space \space{}
36099 \begin_inset space ~
36103 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36104 \begin_inset space ~
36107 2.5 and use the menu
36110 \begin_inset space ~
36114 \begin_inset space ~
36121 \begin_inset space ~
36127 \begin_inset space ~
36131 \begin_inset space ~
36137 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36141 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36147 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36153 \begin_layout Standard
36154 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36155 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36158 \begin_layout Subsection
36159 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36162 \begin_layout Standard
36163 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36167 \begin_layout Subsection
36171 \begin_layout Standard
36172 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36173 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36174 on a cross-reference box.
36177 \begin_layout Section
36182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 \begin_layout Subsection
36195 \begin_layout Standard
36196 Change Tracking is described in section
36197 \begin_inset space ~
36201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36203 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36210 \begin_layout Subsection
36215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 \begin_layout Standard
36226 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36228 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36231 \begin_layout Standard
36232 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36237 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36240 \begin_layout Subsection
36244 \begin_layout Standard
36245 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36246 \begin_inset space ~
36250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36252 reference "sec:Navigating"
36257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36259 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36266 \begin_layout Subsection
36267 Start Appendix Here
36270 \begin_layout Standard
36271 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36272 position as described in section
36273 \begin_inset space ~
36277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36279 reference "sec:Appendices"
36286 \begin_layout Subsection
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 Un/compresses the actual document.
36294 \begin_layout Subsection
36298 \begin_layout Standard
36299 The document settings are described in appendix
36300 \begin_inset space ~
36304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36306 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36313 \begin_layout Section
36318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36327 \begin_layout Subsection
36331 \begin_layout Standard
36332 Spell checking is explained in section
36333 \begin_inset space ~
36337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36339 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36346 \begin_layout Subsection
36350 \begin_layout Standard
36351 The thesaurus is described in section
36352 \begin_inset space ~
36356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36358 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36365 \begin_layout Subsection
36370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36389 \begin_layout Standard
36390 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36391 highlighted document part.
36394 \begin_layout Subsection
36399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 \begin_layout Standard
36409 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36429 Reconfiguration of LyX
36433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36450 Reconfiguration of LyX
36458 \begin_layout Standard
36459 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36460 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36461 \begin_inset space ~
36465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36467 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36474 \begin_layout Subsection
36478 \begin_layout Standard
36479 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36486 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36493 \begin_layout Section
36498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36507 \begin_layout Standard
36508 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36512 \begin_layout Standard
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36521 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36522 found by LyX (see also section
36523 \begin_inset space ~
36527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36529 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36536 \begin_layout Section
36538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36540 name "sec:Toolbars"
36547 \begin_layout Standard
36548 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36549 \begin_inset space ~
36553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36555 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36564 This is described in the
36566 Additional Features
36571 \begin_layout Subsection
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36585 \begin_layout Standard
36586 \begin_inset Graphics
36587 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36595 \begin_layout Standard
36596 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36620 \begin_inset Note Note
36623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36624 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36629 manual for more information.
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36644 \begin_layout Standard
36645 \begin_inset Tabular
36646 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36647 <features islongtable="true">
36648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36655 \begin_inset Graphics
36656 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36670 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36683 \begin_layout Standard
36684 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36690 \begin_layout Standard
36692 \begin_inset Tabular
36693 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36694 <features islongtable="true">
36695 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36696 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36704 \begin_inset Graphics
36705 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36706 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36721 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36733 \begin_inset Graphics
36734 filename ../images/file-open.png
36735 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 \begin_inset Graphics
36763 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36779 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 \begin_inset Graphics
36792 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36808 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36820 \begin_inset Graphics
36821 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36837 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36849 \begin_inset Graphics
36850 filename ../images/undo.png
36851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36866 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36878 \begin_inset Graphics
36879 filename ../images/redo.png
36880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36895 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36907 \begin_inset Graphics
36908 filename ../images/cut.png
36909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36924 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36936 \begin_inset Graphics
36937 filename ../images/copy.png
36938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36953 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 \begin_inset Graphics
36966 filename ../images/paste.png
36967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36994 \begin_inset Graphics
36995 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36997 rotateOrigin center
37006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37032 \begin_inset Graphics
37033 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37047 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37049 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37051 \begin_inset space ~
37062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 \begin_inset Graphics
37068 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37069 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37082 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37084 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37086 \begin_inset space ~
37097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 \begin_inset Graphics
37103 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37104 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37117 Formats text using the current settings in the
37119 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37121 \begin_inset space ~
37132 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 \begin_inset Graphics
37138 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37155 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37157 \begin_inset space ~
37166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37171 \begin_inset Graphics
37172 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37174 rotateOrigin center
37183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37201 \begin_inset Graphics
37202 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37204 rotateOrigin center
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 \begin_inset Graphics
37232 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37233 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37234 rotateOrigin center
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 Toggle outline window on/off,
37249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37261 \begin_inset Graphics
37262 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37264 rotateOrigin center
37273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37288 \begin_inset Graphics
37289 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37291 rotateOrigin center
37300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37317 \begin_layout Subsection
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 \begin_layout Standard
37332 \begin_inset Graphics
37333 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37341 \begin_layout Standard
37342 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37348 \begin_layout Standard
37349 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37353 \begin_layout Standard
37354 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37360 \begin_layout Standard
37361 \begin_inset Tabular
37362 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37363 <features islongtable="true">
37364 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37365 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 \begin_inset Graphics
37372 filename ../images/layout.png
37373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37374 rotateOrigin center
37383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37398 \begin_inset Graphics
37399 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37401 rotateOrigin center
37410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37425 \begin_inset Graphics
37426 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37428 rotateOrigin center
37437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 \begin_inset Graphics
37453 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37454 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37455 rotateOrigin center
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37479 \begin_inset Graphics
37480 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37482 rotateOrigin center
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 \begin_inset Graphics
37507 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37509 rotateOrigin center
37518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37526 \begin_inset space ~
37530 \begin_inset space ~
37539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 \begin_inset Graphics
37545 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37547 rotateOrigin center
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37564 \begin_inset space ~
37568 \begin_inset space ~
37577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 \begin_inset Graphics
37583 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37600 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 \begin_inset Graphics
37613 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37629 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37630 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 \begin_inset Graphics
37643 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37671 \begin_inset Graphics
37672 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 \begin_inset Graphics
37701 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37702 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 \begin_inset Graphics
37730 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37748 \begin_inset space ~
37757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37762 \begin_inset Graphics
37763 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37779 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37781 \begin_inset space ~
37790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37795 \begin_inset Graphics
37796 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_inset Graphics
37825 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37827 rotateOrigin center
37836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37844 \begin_inset space ~
37853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 \begin_inset Graphics
37859 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37860 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37876 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37878 \begin_inset space ~
37887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 \begin_inset Graphics
37893 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 \begin_inset Graphics
37922 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37950 \begin_inset Graphics
37951 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37994 \begin_inset Graphics
37995 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
37996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38012 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38024 \begin_inset Graphics
38025 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38026 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38042 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38044 \begin_inset space ~
38053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38058 \begin_inset Graphics
38059 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38061 rotateOrigin center
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38078 \begin_inset space ~
38087 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 \begin_inset Graphics
38093 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38094 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38095 rotateOrigin center
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38112 \begin_inset space ~
38121 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38126 \begin_inset Graphics
38127 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38128 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38129 rotateOrigin center
38138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38144 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38158 \begin_layout Subsection
38159 View / Update Toolbar
38163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38164 Toolbar ! View / Update
38172 \begin_layout Standard
38173 \begin_inset Graphics
38174 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38181 \begin_layout Standard
38182 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38188 \begin_layout Standard
38189 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38193 \begin_layout Standard
38194 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38200 \begin_layout Standard
38201 \begin_inset Tabular
38202 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38203 <features islongtable="true">
38204 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38205 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38206 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 \begin_inset Graphics
38212 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38213 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38214 rotateOrigin center
38223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 \begin_inset Graphics
38242 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38244 rotateOrigin center
38253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38259 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38260 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 \begin_inset Graphics
38273 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38275 rotateOrigin center
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38290 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 \begin_inset Graphics
38303 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38305 rotateOrigin center
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38321 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 \begin_inset Graphics
38334 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38335 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38336 rotateOrigin center
38345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38351 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38363 \begin_inset Graphics
38364 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38366 rotateOrigin center
38375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38382 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38396 \begin_layout Subsection
38400 \begin_layout Standard
38401 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38402 \begin_inset space ~
38406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38408 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38412 , the table toolbar
38416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 manual, the math macro toolbar
38430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38443 \begin_layout Chapter
38444 The Document Settings
38445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38447 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 Document ! Settings
38464 \begin_layout Standard
38465 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38466 whole document and is called with the menu
38468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38472 You can save your document settings as default with th
38474 e Save as Document Defaults
38476 button in the dialog.
38477 This will create a template name
38485 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38489 \begin_layout Standard
38490 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38493 \begin_layout Section
38497 \begin_layout Standard
38498 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38500 Document classes are described in section
38501 \begin_inset space ~
38505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38507 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38512 Some classes use some class options by default.
38513 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38517 and you can decide to use them or not.
38518 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38519 recommended not to touch them.
38520 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38526 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38527 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 When you want one of the following drivers
38533 \begin_inset Newline newline
38536 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38537 \begin_inset Newline newline
38540 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38545 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38547 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38559 \begin_layout Standard
38560 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38561 child or subdocument.
38562 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38563 without its master.
38564 This way child documents are always compileable.
38565 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38576 \begin_layout Section
38580 \begin_layout Standard
38581 Modules are explained in section
38582 \begin_inset space ~
38586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38588 reference "sub:Modules"
38595 \begin_layout Section
38599 \begin_layout Standard
38600 The document font settings are described in section
38601 \begin_inset space ~
38605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38607 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38614 \begin_layout Section
38618 \begin_layout Standard
38619 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38621 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38625 \begin_layout Standard
38626 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38627 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38628 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38631 \begin_layout Standard
38632 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38640 \begin_layout Section
38644 \begin_layout Standard
38645 A description of this menu is given in section
38646 \begin_inset space ~
38650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38652 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38659 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38666 \begin_layout Section
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38672 \begin_inset space ~
38676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38678 reference "sub:Margins"
38685 \begin_layout Section
38690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38691 Language ! Encoding
38699 \begin_layout Standard
38700 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38701 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38702 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38703 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38704 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38705 known for a particular character).
38709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38710 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38711 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38716 manual for details.
38724 \begin_layout Standard
38725 If you use the option
38729 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38730 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38731 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38732 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38733 exactly one encoding.
38734 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38743 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38744 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38746 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38747 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38761 \begin_layout Standard
38762 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38763 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38764 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38765 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38766 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38767 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38772 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38773 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38774 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38781 \begin_layout Description
38783 \begin_inset space ~
38787 \begin_inset space ~
38791 \begin_inset space ~
38798 , but the LaTeX-package
38806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38807 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38813 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38814 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38815 languages in TeX code.
38818 \begin_layout Description
38819 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38820 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38821 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38824 \begin_layout Description
38826 \begin_inset space ~
38830 \begin_inset space ~
38833 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38836 \begin_layout Description
38838 \begin_inset space ~
38842 \begin_inset space ~
38845 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38848 \begin_layout Description
38850 \begin_inset space ~
38853 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38856 \begin_layout Description
38858 \begin_inset space ~
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38865 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38866 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38869 \begin_layout Description
38871 \begin_inset space ~
38875 \begin_inset space ~
38878 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38882 \begin_layout Description
38884 \begin_inset space ~
38888 \begin_inset space ~
38891 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38892 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38895 \begin_layout Description
38897 \begin_inset space ~
38901 \begin_inset space ~
38905 \begin_inset space ~
38908 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38909 \begin_inset space ~
38915 \begin_layout Description
38917 \begin_inset space ~
38921 \begin_inset space ~
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38928 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38929 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38932 \begin_layout Description
38934 \begin_inset space ~
38938 \begin_inset space ~
38941 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38942 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38943 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38944 \begin_inset space ~
38948 \begin_inset space ~
38954 \begin_layout Description
38956 \begin_inset space ~
38960 \begin_inset space ~
38963 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
38964 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
38965 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
38966 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38967 \begin_inset space ~
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38977 \begin_layout Description
38979 \begin_inset space ~
38983 \begin_inset space ~
38986 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
38989 \begin_layout Description
38991 \begin_inset space ~
38995 \begin_inset space ~
38998 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39001 \begin_layout Description
39003 \begin_inset space ~
39007 \begin_inset space ~
39010 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39013 \begin_layout Description
39015 \begin_inset space ~
39018 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39021 \begin_layout Description
39023 \begin_inset space ~
39026 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39029 \begin_layout Description
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39035 \begin_inset space ~
39038 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39041 \begin_layout Description
39043 \begin_inset space ~
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39053 \begin_layout Description
39055 \begin_inset space ~
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39062 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39065 \begin_layout Description
39067 \begin_inset space ~
39071 \begin_inset space ~
39077 \begin_layout Description
39079 \begin_inset space ~
39083 \begin_inset space ~
39086 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39095 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39100 , when using this, set the document language to
39105 \begin_layout Description
39107 \begin_inset space ~
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39114 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39118 , when using this, set the document language to
39123 \begin_layout Description
39125 \begin_inset space ~
39129 \begin_inset space ~
39132 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39141 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39146 , when using this, set the document language to
39151 \begin_layout Description
39153 \begin_inset space ~
39157 \begin_inset space ~
39160 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39164 , when using this, set the document language to
39169 \begin_layout Description
39171 \begin_inset space ~
39175 \begin_inset space ~
39178 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39182 , when using this, set the document language to
39187 \begin_layout Description
39189 \begin_inset space ~
39192 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39195 \begin_layout Description
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39201 \begin_inset space ~
39205 \begin_inset space ~
39208 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39211 \begin_layout Description
39213 \begin_inset space ~
39217 \begin_inset space ~
39221 \begin_inset space ~
39224 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39225 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39226 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39229 \begin_layout Description
39231 \begin_inset space ~
39235 \begin_inset space ~
39241 \begin_layout Description
39243 \begin_inset space ~
39247 \begin_inset space ~
39250 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39251 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39254 \begin_layout Description
39256 \begin_inset space ~
39260 \begin_inset space ~
39263 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39272 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39277 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39280 \begin_layout Description
39282 \begin_inset space ~
39286 \begin_inset space ~
39289 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39293 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39302 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39303 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39317 \begin_layout Description
39319 \begin_inset space ~
39323 \begin_inset space ~
39326 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39335 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39340 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39343 \begin_layout Description
39345 \begin_inset space ~
39348 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39357 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39363 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39367 \begin_layout Description
39369 \begin_inset space ~
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39380 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39387 \begin_layout Description
39389 \begin_inset space ~
39393 \begin_inset space ~
39397 \begin_inset space ~
39400 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39401 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39402 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39406 \begin_layout Description
39408 \begin_inset space ~
39412 \begin_inset space ~
39416 \begin_inset space ~
39419 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39420 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39423 \begin_layout Section
39427 \begin_layout Standard
39428 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39436 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39443 \begin_layout Section
39447 \begin_layout Standard
39448 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39457 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39471 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39477 For a further description see section
39478 \begin_inset space ~
39482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39484 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39491 \begin_layout Section
39495 \begin_layout Standard
39496 The PDF properties are explained in section
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39503 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39510 \begin_layout Section
39514 \begin_layout Standard
39515 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39524 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39538 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39543 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39546 \begin_layout Standard
39551 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39552 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39555 \begin_layout Standard
39560 is used for special integral characters.
39563 \begin_layout Section
39567 \begin_layout Standard
39568 The float placement options are described in section
39569 \begin_inset space ~
39573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39575 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39582 \begin_layout Section
39586 \begin_layout Standard
39587 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39588 The itemize environment is described in section
39589 \begin_inset space ~
39593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39595 reference "sec:Itemize"
39602 \begin_layout Section
39606 \begin_layout Standard
39607 Branches are described in section
39608 \begin_inset space ~
39612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39614 reference "sec:Branches"
39621 \begin_layout Section
39626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39636 \begin_layout Standard
39637 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39638 to define LaTeX-commands.
39639 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39640 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39644 \begin_layout Standard
39645 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39646 \begin_inset space ~
39650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39652 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39659 \begin_layout Chapter
39665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39667 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39684 \begin_layout Standard
39685 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39687 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39691 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39694 \begin_layout Section
39698 \begin_layout Subsection
39702 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39703 User Interface File
39707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39708 Customization ! of toolbars
39717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39718 Customization ! of menus
39726 \begin_layout Standard
39727 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39735 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39744 \begin_layout Standard
39745 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39746 interface (ui) file.
39747 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39748 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39757 Both files are loaded by the
39762 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39763 files and edit the entries.
39766 \begin_layout Standard
39767 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39779 entries must be ended with an explicit
39804 and in the case of the
39805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39817 The syntax for the entries is:
39820 \begin_layout Standard
39821 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39849 \begin_layout Standard
39851 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39854 All LyX-functions are listed in
39855 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39864 \begin_layout Standard
39865 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39871 \begin_layout Standard
39872 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39874 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39877 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39882 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39887 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39890 \begin_layout Standard
39892 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39895 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39898 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39902 \begin_layout Standard
39905 Enable tool tips in main work area
39907 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39915 \begin_layout Standard
39919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39926 restoring of window layout and geometries
39928 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39929 in the last LyX session.
39932 \begin_layout Standard
39935 Restore cursor positions
39937 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39941 \begin_layout Standard
39944 Load opened files from last session
39946 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39953 name "sub:Backup documents"
39961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39970 \begin_layout Standard
39975 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39983 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39986 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39988 \begin_inset space ~
39996 \begin_layout Standard
39999 Open documents in tabs
40001 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40005 \begin_layout Subsection
40010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40019 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40026 \begin_layout Standard
40027 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40030 \begin_layout Standard
40031 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40039 This section only deals with the fonts
40044 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40048 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40059 \begin_layout Standard
40060 By default, LyX uses
40064 as roman (serif) font,
40072 (depends on the system) as
40075 \begin_inset space ~
40091 \begin_layout Standard
40092 You can change the font size with the
40097 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40098 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40101 \begin_layout Standard
40106 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40107 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40112 points have the size of 1
40113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40123 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40130 \begin_layout Standard
40135 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40140 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40141 \begin_inset space ~
40145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40147 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40154 \begin_layout Standard
40157 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40159 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40160 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40161 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40162 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40164 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40165 \begin_inset space ~
40171 \begin_layout Subsection
40176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40195 \begin_layout Standard
40196 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40197 Choose an item in the list and use the
40204 \begin_layout Subsection
40209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40210 Settings ! Graphics
40218 \begin_layout Standard
40219 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40222 \begin_layout Standard
40227 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40228 This feature is described in section
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40235 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40242 \begin_layout Section
40247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40256 \begin_layout Subsection
40260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40264 \begin_layout Standard
40267 Cursor follows scrollbar
40269 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40273 \begin_layout Standard
40276 Sort environments alphabetically
40278 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40281 \begin_layout Standard
40284 Group environments by their category
40286 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40293 \begin_layout Standard
40294 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40299 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40300 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40304 \begin_layout Subsection
40309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40320 Settings ! Shortcuts
40328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40332 \begin_layout Standard
40333 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40334 Several binding files are available:
40337 \begin_layout Description
40338 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40341 \begin_layout Description
40342 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40353 \begin_layout Description
40354 mac.bind set of bindings for
40357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40365 \begin_layout Standard
40366 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40370 , and bind files for special languages.
40371 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40376 \begin_inset space \space{}
40380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40388 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40393 Some bind-files, like
40397 , have only a small scope.
40398 When looking at the the end of the file
40402 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40409 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40418 Key Bindings ! Editing
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40427 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40428 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40429 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40432 Show key-bindings containing
40435 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40436 Insert there for example as keyword
40437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40444 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40454 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40455 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40459 that you find in the
40466 \begin_layout Standard
40468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40472 \begin_inset space \space{}
40483 , select the function and press the
40488 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40489 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40490 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40491 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40492 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40494 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40496 The binding for the function
40500 is an example for this.
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40506 The syntax of the entries is:
40509 \begin_layout Standard
40515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40533 \begin_layout Subsection
40535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40545 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40564 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40572 \begin_layout Standard
40573 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40574 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40580 \begin_inset space \space{}
40583 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40584 can use the keyboard map file named
40591 \begin_layout Standard
40592 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40608 \begin_layout Standard
40609 Besides this, you can specify here the
40611 Wheel scrolling speed
40614 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40618 \begin_layout Subsection
40620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40622 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40639 \begin_layout Standard
40640 Input completion is described in sec.
40641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40647 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40652 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40654 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40655 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40659 \begin_layout Section
40664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40683 \begin_layout Description
40685 \begin_inset space ~
40688 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40689 It is the default when you
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40708 \begin_layout Description
40710 \begin_inset space ~
40713 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40715 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40717 \begin_inset space ~
40721 \begin_inset space ~
40729 \begin_layout Description
40731 \begin_inset space ~
40734 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40740 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40744 \begin_inset Newline newline
40748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40760 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40768 \begin_layout Description
40770 \begin_inset space ~
40777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40783 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40784 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40785 \begin_inset space ~
40789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40791 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40799 will be used to save the backups.
40800 \begin_inset Newline newline
40803 The backup files have the ending
40804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40814 \begin_layout Description
40819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40826 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40827 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40828 \begin_inset Newline newline
40832 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40840 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40848 \begin_layout Description
40850 \begin_inset space ~
40853 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40856 \begin_layout Description
40858 \begin_inset space ~
40861 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40862 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40863 to find it on the system.
40864 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40865 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40874 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40875 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40879 \begin_layout Section
40883 \begin_layout Standard
40884 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40885 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40887 \begin_inset space ~
40891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40893 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40897 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40900 \begin_layout Section
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40906 Language ! Settings
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 Settings ! Language
40924 \begin_layout Subsection
40928 \begin_layout Description
40930 \begin_inset space ~
40934 \begin_inset space ~
40937 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
40938 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
40939 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
40940 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
40941 You find the actual translation status here:
40942 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40944 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40945 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40952 \begin_layout Description
40954 \begin_inset space ~
40957 language is the language used in new documents
40960 \begin_layout Description
40962 \begin_inset space ~
40965 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40967 The default is the LaTeX-command
40973 that loads the package
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40982 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40983 \begin_inset space ~
40987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40989 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40999 \begin_inset Newline newline
41006 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41007 the document language.
41008 A text label is for instance the word
41009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41016 at the beginning of every table caption.
41019 \begin_layout Description
41021 \begin_inset space ~
41024 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41025 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41026 An example is the start command
41032 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41037 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41052 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41057 \begin_layout Description
41059 \begin_inset space ~
41067 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41068 command toggles the package on and off.
41071 \begin_layout Description
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41083 \begin_layout Description
41084 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41085 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41086 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41087 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41094 \begin_layout Description
41096 \begin_inset space ~
41099 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41101 When this option is not set, the
41104 \begin_inset space ~
41109 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41110 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41113 \begin_inset space ~
41121 \begin_layout Description
41123 \begin_inset space ~
41129 \begin_inset space ~
41135 When it is not set, the
41138 \begin_inset space ~
41143 is set to the end of the document.
41146 \begin_layout Description
41148 \begin_inset space ~
41152 \begin_inset space ~
41155 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41156 language will be underlined blue.
41159 \begin_layout Description
41161 \begin_inset space ~
41165 \begin_inset space ~
41168 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41169 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41172 \begin_layout Description
41174 \begin_inset space ~
41177 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41178 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41179 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41180 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41183 \begin_layout Subsection
41187 \begin_layout Standard
41188 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41189 \begin_inset space ~
41193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41195 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41202 \begin_layout Section
41206 \begin_layout Subsection
41208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41237 \begin_layout Description
41239 \begin_inset space ~
41242 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41243 The name will be used when the
41248 \begin_inset Newline newline
41252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41260 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41269 \begin_layout Description
41271 \begin_inset space ~
41275 \begin_inset space ~
41279 \begin_inset space ~
41282 printer This option works only for the
41287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41299 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41300 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41303 \begin_layout Description
41305 \begin_inset space ~
41308 command is the command LyX
41309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41316 LaTeX uses for printing.
41317 The default is on most systems
41324 \begin_layout Description
41326 \begin_inset space ~
41330 \begin_inset space ~
41333 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41334 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41335 of the program that provides the
41342 \begin_layout Subsection
41347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 Settings ! Date format
41366 \begin_layout Standard
41367 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41368 \begin_inset Newline newline
41372 \begin_inset Flex URL
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41383 \begin_inset Newline newline
41386 For example the format
41387 \begin_inset Newline newline
41391 \begin_inset Newline newline
41394 prints the date as day/month/year.
41397 \begin_layout Subsection
41401 \begin_layout Description
41403 \begin_inset space ~
41407 \begin_inset space ~
41410 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41413 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41414 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41416 \begin_inset space ~
41422 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41426 \begin_layout Description
41428 \begin_inset space ~
41431 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41436 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41437 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41440 \begin_layout Subsection
41445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41455 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 \begin_layout Description
41477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41485 \begin_inset space ~
41488 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41493 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41515 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41528 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41529 LyX sets up in the background.
41530 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41533 \begin_layout Description
41535 \begin_inset space ~
41539 \begin_inset space ~
41542 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41547 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41550 \begin_layout Standard
41551 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41552 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41553 manuals of the applications.
41554 Currently the following commands can be set:
41557 \begin_layout Description
41562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 \begin_inset space ~
41573 command Command for the program
41577 that is described in section
41583 Additional Features
41588 \begin_layout Description
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41601 \begin_inset space ~
41604 command Command for the program
41608 that generates the bibliography, see section
41609 \begin_inset space ~
41613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41615 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41622 \begin_layout Description
41624 \begin_inset space ~
41627 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41628 \begin_inset space ~
41632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41634 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41641 \begin_layout Description
41643 \begin_inset space ~
41646 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41647 \begin_inset space ~
41651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41653 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41660 \begin_layout Description
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41670 \begin_inset space ~
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41677 options They only have an effect when the program
41681 is used as DVI-viewer.
41684 \begin_layout Standard
41685 There are additionally the following options:
41688 \begin_layout Description
41690 \begin_inset space ~
41694 \begin_inset space ~
41698 \begin_inset space ~
41702 \begin_inset space ~
41706 \begin_inset space ~
41709 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41727 to separate folders.
41728 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41751 \begin_layout Description
41753 \begin_inset space ~
41757 \begin_inset space ~
41761 \begin_inset space ~
41765 \begin_inset space ~
41769 \begin_inset space ~
41773 \begin_inset space ~
41776 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41778 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41781 dialog when changing the document class.
41784 \begin_layout Section
41786 \begin_inset space ~
41793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41802 \begin_layout Subsection
41807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41816 \begin_layout Standard
41817 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41818 from one format to another.
41819 You can modify them or create new ones.
41820 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41827 \begin_inset space ~
41837 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41841 \begin_inset space ~
41846 drop-down list, modify the
41850 field, and press the
41857 \begin_layout Standard
41860 Converter File Cache
41862 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41865 Maximum Age (in days
41868 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41869 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41872 \begin_layout Standard
41873 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41874 the converter definition, is described in section
41885 \begin_layout Subsection
41887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41889 name "sec:File-Formats"
41897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41916 \begin_layout Standard
41917 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41918 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41922 \begin_layout Standard
41923 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41924 is described in section
41935 \begin_layout Standard
41936 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41937 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41938 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41939 This is done by specifying a
41944 More about this is described in section
41955 \begin_layout Chapter
41956 Units available in LyX
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41969 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41976 \begin_layout Standard
41977 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41980 reference "cap:Units"
41984 explains all units available in LyX.
41987 \begin_layout Standard
41988 \begin_inset Float table
41994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41995 \begin_inset Caption
41997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42013 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42021 \begin_inset Tabular
42022 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 scaled point (65536
42177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42237 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 % of original image width
42299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42506 \begin_layout Chapter
42508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42517 \begin_layout Standard
42518 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42519 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42522 \begin_layout Itemize
42525 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42528 \begin_layout Itemize
42534 \begin_layout Itemize
42540 \begin_layout Itemize
42546 \begin_layout Itemize
42552 \begin_layout Itemize
42558 \begin_layout Itemize
42564 \begin_layout Itemize
42570 \begin_layout Itemize
42573 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42576 \begin_layout Itemize
42582 \begin_layout Itemize
42588 \begin_layout Itemize
42594 \begin_layout Itemize
42600 \begin_layout Itemize
42606 \begin_layout Itemize
42612 \begin_layout Itemize
42618 \begin_layout Itemize
42624 \begin_layout Itemize
42626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42635 \begin_layout Standard
42636 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42639 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42646 \begin_layout Bibliography
42647 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42648 LatexCommand bibitem
42655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42658 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42663 \begin_inset Newline newline
42667 \begin_inset Flex URL
42670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42672 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42680 \begin_layout Bibliography
42681 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42682 LatexCommand bibitem
42683 key "latexcompanion"
42687 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42689 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42692 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42695 \begin_layout Bibliography
42696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42697 LatexCommand bibitem
42702 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42705 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42708 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42711 \begin_layout Bibliography
42712 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42713 LatexCommand bibitem
42720 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42723 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42726 \begin_layout Bibliography
42727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42728 LatexCommand bibitem
42740 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42743 \begin_layout Bibliography
42744 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42745 LatexCommand bibitem
42751 \begin_inset Newline newline
42755 \begin_inset Flex URL
42758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42760 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42768 \begin_layout Bibliography
42769 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42770 LatexCommand bibitem
42776 \begin_inset Newline newline
42780 \begin_inset Flex URL
42783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42785 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42793 \begin_layout Bibliography
42794 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42795 LatexCommand bibitem
42801 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42803 name "Documentation"
42804 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42813 \begin_inset Newline newline
42817 \begin_inset Flex URL
42820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42822 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42830 \begin_layout Bibliography
42831 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42832 LatexCommand bibitem
42838 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42840 name "Documentation"
42841 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42850 \begin_inset Newline newline
42854 \begin_inset Flex URL
42857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42859 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42867 \begin_layout Bibliography
42868 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42869 LatexCommand bibitem
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42877 name "Documentation"
42878 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42887 \begin_inset Newline newline
42891 \begin_inset Flex URL
42894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42904 \begin_layout Bibliography
42905 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42906 LatexCommand bibitem
42912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42914 name "Documentation"
42915 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42919 of the LaTeX-package
42927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42928 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42934 \begin_inset Newline newline
42938 \begin_inset Flex URL
42941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42943 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42951 \begin_layout Bibliography
42952 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42953 LatexCommand bibitem
42959 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42961 name "Documentation"
42962 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42966 of the LaTeX-package
42974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42975 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42981 \begin_inset Newline newline
42985 \begin_inset Flex URL
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42990 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42998 \begin_layout Bibliography
42999 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43000 LatexCommand bibitem
43008 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43010 name "Documentation"
43011 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43017 of the LaTeX-package
43025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43032 \begin_inset Newline newline
43036 \begin_inset Flex URL
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43041 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43049 \begin_layout Bibliography
43050 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43051 LatexCommand bibitem
43057 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43059 name "Documentation"
43060 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43064 of the LaTeX-package
43072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43073 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43079 \begin_inset Newline newline
43083 \begin_inset Flex URL
43086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43088 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43096 \begin_layout Bibliography
43097 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43098 LatexCommand bibitem
43104 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43106 name "Documentation"
43107 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43111 of the LaTeX-package
43119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43126 \begin_inset Newline newline
43130 \begin_inset Flex URL
43133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43143 \begin_layout Bibliography
43144 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43145 LatexCommand bibitem
43151 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43153 name "Documentation"
43154 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43158 of the LaTeX-package
43166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43167 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43173 \begin_inset Newline newline
43177 \begin_inset Flex URL
43180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43182 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43190 \begin_layout Bibliography
43191 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43192 LatexCommand bibitem
43198 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43201 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43205 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43206 \begin_inset Newline newline
43210 \begin_inset Flex URL
43213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43215 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43223 \begin_layout Bibliography
43224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43225 LatexCommand bibitem
43231 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43234 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43238 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43239 \begin_inset Newline newline
43243 \begin_inset Flex URL
43246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43248 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43256 \begin_layout Bibliography
43257 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43258 LatexCommand bibitem
43264 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43267 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43271 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43272 \begin_inset Newline newline
43276 \begin_inset Flex URL
43279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43281 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43289 \begin_layout Bibliography
43290 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43291 LatexCommand bibitem
43297 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43300 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43304 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43305 \begin_inset Newline newline
43309 \begin_inset Flex URL
43312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43322 \begin_layout Bibliography
43323 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43324 LatexCommand bibitem
43330 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43333 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43337 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43338 \begin_inset Newline newline
43342 \begin_inset Flex URL
43345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43347 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43355 \begin_layout Bibliography
43356 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43357 LatexCommand bibitem
43363 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43366 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43370 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43371 \begin_inset Newline newline
43375 \begin_inset Flex URL
43378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43380 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43388 \begin_layout Bibliography
43389 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43390 LatexCommand bibitem
43396 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43399 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43403 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43404 \begin_inset Newline newline
43408 \begin_inset Flex URL
43411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43413 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43421 \begin_layout Bibliography
43422 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43423 LatexCommand bibitem
43429 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43432 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43436 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43437 \begin_inset Newline newline
43441 \begin_inset Flex URL
43444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43446 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43454 \begin_layout Bibliography
43455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43456 LatexCommand bibitem
43462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43465 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43469 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43470 \begin_inset Newline newline
43474 \begin_inset Flex URL
43477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43479 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43487 \begin_layout Bibliography
43488 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43489 LatexCommand bibitem
43495 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43498 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43502 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43503 \begin_inset Newline newline
43507 \begin_inset Flex URL
43510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43512 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43520 \begin_layout Bibliography
43521 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43522 LatexCommand bibitem
43528 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43531 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43535 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43536 \begin_inset Newline newline
43540 \begin_inset Flex URL
43543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43545 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43553 \begin_layout Bibliography
43554 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43555 LatexCommand bibitem
43561 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43564 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43568 about new features in
43573 \begin_inset Newline newline
43577 \begin_inset Flex URL
43580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43582 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43590 \begin_layout Standard
43591 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43625 \begin_inset Note Note
43628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43635 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43636 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43637 bibliography is the second one:
43645 \begin_layout Standard
43646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43647 LatexCommand bibtex
43648 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43649 options "biblio/alphadin"
43656 \begin_layout Standard
43657 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43660 \begin_layout Standard
43663 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43664 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43669 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43670 LatexCommand printindex